Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

those who are outside

  • 1 ἔξω

    ἔξω adv. of place (s. ἔξωθεν; Hom.+).
    pert. to a position beyond an enclosure or boundary, outside
    funct. adverbially
    α. w. a verb not signifying motion δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν ἔ. tied at the door outside Mk 11:4. ἔ. εἶναι (X., An. 2, 6, 3; 7, 2, 29) ἔ. ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις ἦν 1:45; ἑστάναι ἔ. stand outside (Gen 24:31; Dt 24:11; Sir 21:23) Mt 12:46f; Mk 3:31 (cp. vs. 32); Lk 8:20; 13:25; GEb 121, 33; w. πρός and dat. πρὸς τ. θύρᾳ ἔ. J 18:16; πρὸς τ. μνημείῳ ἔ. 20:11; καθῆσθαι ἔ. Mt 26:69; προσεύχεσθαι ἔ. pray outside Lk 1:10; ἔ. ἔχειν τι have someth. free of uncovered shoulders Hs 9, 2, 4; 9, 9, 5; 9, 13, 8. The verb is to be supplied in pass. like Rv 22:15.
    β. as a substitute for an adj. outer, outside (Pla., Phdr. 248a ὁ ἔξω τόπος. The same expr. BGU 1114, 5 [4 B.C.]; cp. POxy 903, 20 τὰς ἔξω θύρας). αἱ ἔ. πόλεις the foreign (lit. ‘outside’, i.e. non-Jewish) cities Ac 26:11; Hv 2, 4, 3. ὁ ἔ. ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος our outer being (i.e. the body, as Zosimus 13: Hermet. IV p. 107, 16) 2 Cor 4:16 (s. ἄνθρωπος 5a); differently οἱ ἔ. ἄνθρωποι 2 Cl 13:1 (s. 3 below). τὸ ἔ. (opp. τὸ ἔσω) the outside (Thu. 7, 69, 4) 2 Cl 12:2, cp. vs. 4 (apocryphal saying of Jesus).
    funct. as prep. w. gen. in answer to the question ‘where?’ outside (Thu. 8, 67, 2 al.; Num 35:5, 27; Jdth 10:18; 13:3; TestJob 28:8 ἔ. τῆς πόλεως; Jos., Ant. 13, 91; 101; Tat. 2, 1 ἀλαζονείας ἔ.) Lk 13:33. ἔ. τῆς παρεμβολῆς outside the camp Hb 13:11; 1 Cl 4:11 (cp. Ex 29:14 al.); Ac 28:16 v.l.; ἔ. τ. πύλης Hb 13:12 (Jos., Bell. 4, 360 ἔ. τῶν πυλῶν); ἔ. τῆς θύρας Hv 3, 9, 6; ἔ. τῆς οἰκίας 1 Cl 12:6 (cp. Josh 2:19).
    pert. to a position outside an area or limits, as result of an action, out (Hom. et al.)
    ἐξέρχεσθαι ἔ. go out(side) (Jos 2:19; cp. Ps 40:7) Mt 26:75; Lk 22:62; J 19:4, 5; Rv 3:12; ἐξῆλθεν ἔ. εἰς τὸ προαύλιον Mk 14:68. ἐξῆλθεν ἔ. πρὸς αὐτούς (cp. Gen 24:29; Judg 19:25) J 18:29. ἔ. ποιεῖν τινα take someone out Ac 5:34. ἄγειν J 19:4, 13. ἐξάγειν (Gen 15:5; Judg 19:25) Mk 8:23 v.l.; Lk 24:50; προάγειν Ac 16:30. βάλλειν (M. Ant. 12, 25 βάλε ἔξω) Mt 5:13; 13:48; Lk 14:35; J 12:31 v.l.; 15:6; 1J 4:18. ἐκβάλλειν (2 Ch 29:16) Lk 13:28; J 6:37; 9:34f; 12:31; Ac 9:40; Rv 11:2 v.l. δεῦρο ἔ. come out! J 11:43 (δεῦρο 1).
    funct. as prep. w. gen in answer to the question ‘whither?’ out (fr. within), out of (Hom. et al.) ἀπελθεῖν ἔ. τ. συνεδρίου Ac 4:15. Likew. after ἐξέρχεσθαι (Polyaenus 3, 7, 3; cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 399) Mt 10:14; 21:17; Ac 16:13; Hb 13:13 (ἐξέρχ. ἔ. τ. παρεμβολῆς as Num 31:13); ἐκπορεύεσθαι Mk 11:19; ἀποστέλλειν τινά 5:10; ἐκφέρειν τινά (Lev 4:12) 8:23; βάλλειν τινά 2 Cl 7:4; ἐκβάλλειν τινά (Lev 14:40) Mt 21:39; Mk 12:8; Lk 4:29; 20:15; w. acc. to be supplied, Ac 7:58; ἀπορρίπτειν τινά Hv 3, 5, 5; σύρειν τινά Ac 14:19; ἕλκειν τινά 21:30; προπέμπειν τινά 21:5 (on ἕως ἔ. cp. 1 Km 9:26).
    pert. to noninclusion in a group, on the outside, as subst. w. art. outsider οἱ ἔξω those who are outside (2 Macc 1:16; Petosiris, Fgm. 6 l. 206=the foreigners; fig. Thu. 5, 14, 3) of those who did not belong to the circle of the disciples Mk 4:11. Of non-Christians gener. (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 252 of non-Pythagoreans; Simplicius in Epict. p. 132, 6 those who are not ascetics) 1 Cor 5:12f; Col 4:5; 1 Th 4:12. οἱ ἔ. ἄνθρωποι those on the outside (as Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 21) 2 Cl 13:1.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔξω

  • 2 ἄνομος

    ἄνομος, ον (Soph., Hdt., Thu.+; IDefixAudollent 188; POxy 237 VII, 11 [II A.D.]; PGM 58, 9; 11f; LXX, En, Test12Patr; ParJer 7:24; AscIs; Ar. 15, 6; Just.; Ath. R. 73, 14; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 63, 3 [superl.]) ‘lawless’.
    pert. to behaving contrary to law, lawless, w. ref. to any law ἄ. κριτής an unjust judge, who cares nothing for the law B 20:2; D 5:2.
    pert. to being without adherence to a moral code outside law, without law.
    of obligation to God, without ref. to a moral code μὴ ὢν ἄ. θεοῦ though I am not free fr. obedience to God 1 Cor 9:21c (opp. ἔννομος; on the constr. of ἄ. θεοῦ s. Mlt. 236).
    w. ref. to the Mosaic law, used of gentiles as persons who do not know it (s. 3b), w. no criticism implied (Pla., Pol. 302e [Nägeli 14]; Esth 4:17u) τοῖς ἀ. ὡς ἄ. to those without (Mosaic) law (= ‘gentiles’) 1 Cor 9:21a. W. the phrase ὡς ἄνομος vs. 21b Paul indicates empathy for those outside Mosaic tradition.
    pert. to violating moral standards, lawless.
    w. ref. to God’s moral law. Hence wicked in gener. (oft. LXX) in personal address ἄνομε You wicked one! 1 Cl 35:9 (Ps. 49:21); w. ἀνυπότακτος 1 Ti 1:9; w. ἀσεβής (1 Macc 7:5; PGM 58, 11; IDefixAudollent 188) 1 Cl 18:13 (Ps 50:15); Dg 9:4; w. ἄδικος (Just., D. 35, 5 ἀθέους καὶ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ ἀδίκους καὶ ἀνόμους; PLond II, 358, 13 [150 A.D.] p. 172 ἄνομα καὶ ἄδικα) 1 Cl 56:11 (Job 5:22). Opp. δίκαιος (Pr 21:18) 45:4; cp. Dg 9:5; ἄγιος Dg 9:2. μετὰ ἀνόμων λογισθῆναι be classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37 (SHall, Studia Evangelica ’59, 499–501); cp. 1 Cl 16:13 (all three Is 53:12). ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνομώτερος wicked beyond measure B 5:9. τὸ γένος ἄ. the wicked kind Hs 9, 19, 1.—Of things ἄ. βίος w. ἄδικος MPol 3; ἄ. ἔργα 2 Pt 2:8 (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 58, 2 Jac. ἔργον ἄνομον ἐργάσασθαι). ὁ ἄ. καιρός wicked time B 4:9 (cp. 18:2).
    w. reference to those who are outside Israelite legal tradition (s. 2b) and act contrary to its moral standards (Wsd 17:2; Just., D. 123, 3 υἱοὶ ἄ.). διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων by lawless hands Ac 2:23. ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPl Ha 8, 10 (ἀνόμων Ox 1602, 2/BMM recto 10); AcPlCor 1:8. Φαραὼ … ὄντος ἀ. AcPl Ha 8, 12. οἱ ἄνομοι MPol 16:1. τὰ ἄ. ἔθνη (3 Macc 6:9) the lawless people 9:2.
    ὁ ἄ. the epitome of lawlessness, the lawless one (Ezk 18:24; 33:8; PsSol 17:11) of the Lawless One or Antichrist (s. Iren., 3, 7, 2 [Harv. II 26f ]) 2 Th 2:8 (cp. vs. 3). This prob. explains ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἀ. the time of iniquity B 15:5 (cp. 18:2; TestDan 6:6 ἐν καιρῷ τῆς ἀνομίας).—DELG s.v. νέμω. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄνομος

  • 3 υἱός

    υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’
    a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant
    the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.
    the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).
    human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.
    one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.
    a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1
    of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.
    of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).
    of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing
    α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).
    β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).
    in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus
    α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.
    β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.
    γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός

  • 4 κόσμος

    κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)
    that which serves to beautify through decoration, adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod S 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; OGI 531, 13; SIG 850, 10; IMaronIsis 41; PEleph 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; TestJud 12:1; JosAs 2:6 al.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Just., A II, 11, 4f) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν … κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141e; on the topic of external adornment cp. SIG 736, 15–26).
    condition of orderliness, orderly arrangement, order (Hom. et al.; s. HDiller, Die vorphilosophische Gebrauch von κ. und κοσμεῖν: BSnell Festschr., ’56, 47–60) μετὰ κόσμου in order Dg 12:9 (text uncertain; s. μετακόσμιος).
    the sum total of everything here and now, the world, the (orderly) universe, in philosophical usage (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886b, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, Fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508a, Phdr. 246c; Chrysipp., Fgm. 527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew. Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; EpArist 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test12Patr; SibOr 7, 123; AssMos Fgm. b Denis [=Tromp p. 272]; Just., A I, 20, 2 al.; Ath. 19, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68, 14; Did., Gen. 36, 7; 137, 13.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cp. OGI 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου] from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35; 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or ἀπὸ κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος = πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13; TestSol 5:7; TestJob 33:4) Hs 9, 2, 1; 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25; Just., A I, 59, 1 al.; Ath. 8, 2 al.) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cp. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5; and the κ. owes its origin to his agency J 1:10b. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.
    the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals, the world, as θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and humans (cp. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).
    planet earth as a place of inhabitation, the world (SIG 814, 31 [67 A.D.] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος; the meaning of the birthday of Augustus for the world OGI 458, 40 [=IPriene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68)
    gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cp. 13:38 (cp. Hs 5, 5, 2); Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cp. the Egypt. grave ins APF 5, 1913, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cp. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic אֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם=humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the unconverted in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the polytheistic unconverted world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—Many of these pass. bear the connotation of
    the world as the habitation of humanity (as SibOr 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν; s. ἐξέρχομαι 5; cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 16, 7) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7 (Pol 4:1). πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸν κ. 2J 7.—ἐν τῷ κόσμω τούτῳ J 12:25 (κ. need not here be understood as an entity hostile to God, but the transition to the nuance in 7b, below, is signalled by the term that follows: ζωὴν αἰώνιον). ἵνα εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ AcPlCor 2:6.
    earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59; Iren., 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 35, 5]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 15, 24) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preexistent Christ, who came fr. another world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, index I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; cp. 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 17:18; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 1:10a; 9:5a; 17:12 v.l. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1a; 16:28b. Cp. 14:19; 17:11a. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world i.e. not derived from the world or conditioned by its terms and evaluations 18:36ab.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cp. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5.
    the world outside in contrast to one’s home PtK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.
    humanity in general, the world (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 11 [Stone p. 74]; ApcEsdr 3:6 p. 27, 14; SibOr 1, 189; Just., A I, 39, 3 al.)
    gener. οὐαὶ τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to humankind because of the things that cause people to sin Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for humanity 5:14; cp. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in inscriptions, esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 1907, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (SibOr 4, 184; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 37) of God, Christ J 12:47a; Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cp. Ro 3:19. Of believers 1 Cor 6:2ab (cp. Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος). Of Noah διʼ ἧς (sc. πίστεως) κατέκρινεν τὸν κ. Hb 11:7. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν Ro 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cp. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of humanity 4:13. Of persons before conversion ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κ. Eph 2:12.—2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the people of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cp. vs. 5b; 3:6. Of pers. of exceptional merit: ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κ. of whom the world was not worthy Hb 11:38.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D; 1 Cl 5:7; cp. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 59:2; εἰς ὅλον τὸν κ. Hs 8, 3, 2. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cp. Philo, De Prov. in Eus., PE 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κ. 8:26; ἐν τῷ κ. 17:13; ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ. 18:20; cp. 7:4; 14:22. ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κ. 14:31; cp. 17:23; ἵνα ὁ κ. πιστεύῃ 17:21.
    of all humanity, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47b.
    the system of human existence in its many aspects, the world
    as scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cp. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cp. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they had no use of it or those who deal with the world as having made no deals with it 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cp. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in which
    the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En 48:7; TestIss 4:6; AscIs 3:25; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann ad loc.—cp. Sotades Maronita [III B.C.] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the heavenly realm) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cp. ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19; cp. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—Christians must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself untainted by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ. 2 Pt 2:20; cp. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω 1).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cp. vs. 4b. When such an attitude is taken Christians are naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19ad; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as their Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18; cp. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12; σοφία τοῦ κ. and σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ 1:20f. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; yet also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cp. 1 Cl 7:4; 9:4. A Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14; cp. the question τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κ. δογματίζεσθε; Col 2:20b. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20a s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cp. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9; its views refuted by the Paraclete 16:8. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cp. 13:1b; 17:15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (TestJob 33:4; Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).
    collective aspect of an entity, totality, sum total (SIG 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων (but s. 1 above); Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7b here, whereas ACarr, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, 1911, 180–201; 389–413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11–47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1–29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1–14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZTK 47, ’50, 212–26; ALesky, Kosmos ’63; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT: NTS 10, ’64, 352–60; NCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/73, 81–91; RBratcher, BT 31, ’80, 430–34.—B. 13; 440. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κόσμος

  • 5 πολύς

    πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, οῦ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) ‘much’.—Comparative πλείων, πλεῖον (18 times in the NT, 4 times in the Apost. Fathers [including Hv 3, 6, 4; Hs 8, 1, 16] and Ath. 12, 3) or πλέον (Lk 3:13 and Ac 15:28 μηδὲν πλέον; otherwise, πλέον in the NT only J 21:15; 14 times in the Apost. Fathers [incl. μηδὲν πλέον Hs 1, 1, 6]; Ar. twice; Just. 6 times; Tat. once; Ath. 7 times), ονος; pl. πλείονες, and acc. πλείονας contracted πλείους, neut. πλείονα and πλείω (the latter Mt 26:53 [πλεῖον, πλείου vv.ll.]; B-D-F §30, 2; Mlt-H. 82; Thackeray p. 81f; Mayser p. 68f) ‘more’ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27=Stone p. 70 [πλείον]; TestJob 35:2; TestGad 7:2 [πλεῖον]; AscIs 3:8; [πλέον]; EpArist; apolog. exc. Mel.).—Superlative πλεῖστος, η, ον ‘most’ (Hom.+).
    pert. to being a large number, many, a great number of
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj., preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun) in the pl. many, numerous δυνάμεις πολλαί many mighty deeds Mt 7:22b. δαιμονιζόμενοι πολλοί 8:16. Cp. vs. 30; 9:10; 13:17; 24:11; 27:52, 55; Mk 2:15a; 6:13; 12:41; Lk 4:25, 27; 7:21b; 10:24; J 10:32; 14:2; Ac 1:3; 2:43; 8:7b; 14:22; Ro 4:17f (Gen 17:5); 8:29; 12:4; 1 Cor 8:5ab; 11:30; 12:12a, 20; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2; Hb 2:10; 1J 4:1; 2J 7; Rv 5:11; 9:9; 10:11; 1 Cl 55:3ab. ἔτη πολλά many years: Lk 12:19b (εἰς ἔτη π.); Ac 24:10 (ἐκ π. ἐτῶν); Ro 15:23 (ἀπὸ π. [v.l. ἱκανῶν] ἐτῶν).—αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πολλαί Lk 7:47a. αἱ εὐεργεσίαι αἱ π. 1 Cl 21:1.—πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα many serious charges Ac 25:7 (cp. Ps.-Pla., Sisyph. 1, 387a πολλά τε καὶ καλὰ πράγματα; B-D-F §442, 11; Rob. 655). πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα J 20:30 (on the form X., Hell. 5, 4, 1 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν … καὶ ἄλλα λέγειν καὶ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ βαρβαρικά; Dionys. Hal. 2, 67, 5; Ps.-Demetr. 142 πολλὰς κ. ἄλλας χάριτας; Jos., Ant. 3, 318; Tat. 38, 1. On the subject-matter Bultmann 540, 3; also Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 28 after a miracle-story: μυρία δʼ ἕτερα θαυμαστότερα κ. θειότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς … εἴρηται κτλ.).—ἄλλοι πολλοί many others IRo 10:1. ἄλλαι πολλαί Mk 15:41. ἄλλα πολλά (Jos., Bell. 6, 169, Ant. 9, 242; Just., D. 8, 1) J 21:25. ἕτεροι πολλοί Ac 15:35. ἕτερα πολλά (Jos., Vi. 39) Lk 22:65.—Predicative: πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐισερχόμενοι Mt 7:13.—Mk 5:9; 6:31; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). AcPl Ha 5, 16.—οὐ πολλοί not many=( only) a few οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι (Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13; J 2:12; Ac 1:5; AcPl Ha 11, 1. οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοί not many wise (people) 1 Cor 1:26a; cp. bc. οὐ πολλοί πατέρες not many fathers 4:15.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. persons—without the art. Mt 7:22; 8:11; 12:15; 20:28; 24:5ab; 26:28; Mk 2:2; 3:10 (Mt 12:15 has ascensive πάντας; other passages to be compared in this connection are Mk 10:45=Mt 20:28 πολλῶν and 1 Ti 2:6 πάντων. Cp. the double tradition of the saying of Bias in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 61, 3 πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τ. ἀνθρώπων κακοί.—On Mk 10:45 s. OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 471–73); 6:2; 11:8; Lk 1:1 (cp. Herm. Wr. 11, 1, 1b and see JBauer, NovT 4, ’60, 263–66), 14; J 2:23; 8:30; Ac 9:42; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 11:18; Gal 3:16 (πολλοί= a plurality); Tit 1:10; Hb 12:15; 2 Pt 2:2. AcPl Ha 5, 8; 7, 5; 11, 3. Opp. ὀλίγοι Mt 22:14; 20:16 v.l. (cp. Pla., Phd. 69c ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι=the thyrsus-bearers [officials] are many, but the truly inspired are few)—W. a partitive gen. πολλοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 3:7. π. πῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:16.—J 4:39; 12:11; Ac 4:4; 8:7a; 13:43; 18:8; 19:18; 2 Cor 12:21; Rv 8:11.—W. ἐκ and gen. (AscIs 3:1; Jos., Ant. 11, 151) πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν J 6:60, 66.—10:20; 11:19, 45; 12:42; Ac 17:12. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου πολλοί J 7:31 (Appian, Iber. 78 §337 πολλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους).
    ב. πολλά—many things, much without the art.: γράφειν write at length B 4:9. διδάσκειν Mk 4:2; 6:34b. λαλεῖν Mt 13:3. μηχανᾶσθαι MPol 3. πάσχειν (Pind., O. 13, 63 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 16:21; Mk 5:26a; 9:12; Lk 9:22; 17:25; B 7:11; AcPl Ha 8, 19. ποιεῖν Mk 6:20 v.l. United w. another neut. by καί (Lucian, Icar. 20 πολλὰ κ. δεινά; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 345 D.: πολλὰ κ. καλά; Ps.-Demetr., El. 70 πολλὰ κ. ἄλλα; likew. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §53; Arrian, Anab. 6, 11, 2) πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα many other things Lk 3:18. πολλὰ ἂν κ. ἄλλα εἰπεῖν ἔχοιμι Dg 2:10 (Eur., Ep. 3, 2, πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχω; Diod S 17, 38, 3 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα … διαλεχθείς). ἐν πολλοῖς in many ways (Diod S 26, 1, 2; OGI 737, 7 [II B.C.]; Just., D. 124, 4 [of line of proof]) 2 Cor 8:22a. ἐπὶ πολλῶν (opp. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα) over many things Mt 25:21, 23.—W. art. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) τὰ πολλὰ πράσσειν transact a great deal of business Hs 4:5b.
    γ. elliptical δαρήσεται πολλά (sc. πληγάς) will receive many (lashes) Lk 12:47 (B-D-F §154; 241, 6).
    comparative πλείων, πλεῖον
    α. adj. w. a plural (Diod S 14, 6, 1 μισθοφόρους πλείους=many mercenaries) πλείονας πόνους (opp. οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο) 1 Cl 5:4. ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277; cp. Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 29 πλείονας ἡμ.) Ac 13:31.—21:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 15); 24:17; 25:14; 27:20. οἱ μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν γεγονότες ἱερεῖς the priests of former times existed in greater numbers Hb 7:23. ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν in many more words (than have been reported) Ac 2:40. ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα MPol 12:1.—W. a gen. of comparison (Just., A I 53, 3; Tat. 3, 2) ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων other slaves, more than (he had sent) at first Mt 21:36. πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν more signs than those which J 7:31. Also w. ἤ: πλείονας μαθητὰς ἤ more disciples than 4:1. After πλείονες (-α) before numerals the word for ‘than’ is omitted (B-D-F §185, 4; Kühner-G. II 311; Rob. 666; Jos., Ant. 14, 96) ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man was more than 40 years old Ac 4:22. πλείους τεσσεράκοντα 23:13, 21. Cp. 24:11; 25:6 (Jos., Ant. 6, 306 δέκα οὐ πλείους ἡμέρας).—The ref. is to relative extent (cp. 2bα) in τὰ ἔργα σου τὰ ἕσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων your deeds, the latter of which are greater than the former Rv 2:19.
    β. subst.
    א. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους the majority, most (Diog. L. 1, 20; 22; Jos., Ant. 10, 114) Ac 19:32; 27:12. W. ἐξ: ἐξ ὧν οἱ πλείονες most of whom 1 Cor 15:6. W. gen. and a neg. (litotes) οὐκ ἐν τ. πλείοσιν αὐτῶν ηὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός God was pleased with only a few of them 10:5. This is perh. (s. ג below) the place for 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6; 9:2. Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ב. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23. πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν many more came to believe J 4:41.—διὰ τῶν πλειόνων to more and more people=those who are still to be won for Christ 2 Cor 4:15.
    ג. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους. In contrast to a minority οἱ πλείονες can gain the sense the others, the rest (so τὰ πλείονα Soph., Oed. Col. 36; τὸ πλέον Thu. 4, 30, 4; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; B-D-F §244, 3). So perh. (s. א above) ἵνα τ. πλείονας κερδήσω (opp. the apostle himself) 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6 (opp. the one who has been punished too severely.—In this case [s. א above] his punishment would have been determined by a unanimous vote of the Christian assembly rather than by a majority). Cp. 9:2; Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ד. πλείονα (for πλεῖον) more Mt 20:10 v.l.; various things Lk 11:53. ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα 1 Cl 24:5 (s. as adv. ParJer 7:26).
    superl. adj. πλείστη w. a plural most of αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις Mt 11:20 (difft. B-D-F §245, 1).
    pert. to being relatively large in quantity or measure, much, extensive
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj. preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun)
    א. in the sg. much, large, great πολὺς ἀριθμός Ac 11:21. W. words that in themselves denote a plurality (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 80 §338 στρατὸς πολύς) πολὺς ὄχλος (s. ὄχ. 1a) Mt 14:14; 20:29; 26:47; Mk 5:21, 24; 6:34a; 8:1; 9:14; 12:37 (ὁ π. ὄχ.); Lk 5:29; 6:17a; 8:4; J 6:2, 5 (for the expression ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, in which π. follows the noun, J 12:9, 12, cp. Arrian, Anab. 1, 9, 6 ὁ φόνος πολύς); Ac 6:7; Rv 7:9; 19:1, 6. πολὺ πλῆθος (s. pl. 2bα) Mk 3:7f; Lk 5:6; 6:17b; 23:27; Ac 14:1; 17:4; 1 Cl 6:1. λαὸς πολύς many people Ac 18:10. Of money and its value, also used in imagery μισθὸς πολύς Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, 35 (all three predicative, as Gen 15:1). ἐργασία π. Ac 16:16. π. κεφάλαιον 22:28. χρυσοῦ πολλοῦ … τρυφῆς πολλῆς AcPl Ha 2, 19.—Of things that occur in the mass or in large quantities (Diod S 3, 50, 1 πολλὴ ἄμπελος) γῆ πολλή Mt 13:5; Mk 4:5; θερισμὸς π. Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2 (both pred.). χόρτος π. J 6:10; καρπὸς π. (Cyranides p. 121, 11) 12:24; 15:5, 8.—λόγος π. a long speech (Diod S 13, 1, 2; Just., D. 123, 7) Ac 15:32; 20:2. περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11 (cp. Pla., Phd. 115d).—Of time: πολὺς χρόνος a long time (Hom. et al.; Demetr.(?): 722 Fgm. 7; Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28; Just., A II, 2, 11) J 5:6 (s. ἔχω 7b); Hs 6, 4, 4 (pred.). μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον (Jos., Ant. 12, 324) Mt 25:19. Differently Mk 6:35ab (s. 3aα).
    ב. adj. w. a noun in the pl. many, large, great, extensive, plentiful ὄχλοι πολλοί great crowds or probably better many people (as Diod S 20, 59, 2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 3. For the corresponding mng. of ὄχλοι s. ὄχλος 1a) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30a; 19:2; Lk 5:15; 14:25. κτήματα πολλά a great deal of property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cp. Da 11:28 χρήματα π.). ὕδατα πολλά much water, many waters (Maximus Tyr. 21, 3g of the Nile ὁ πολὺς ποταμός, likew. Procop. Soph., Ep. 111) J 3:23; Rv 1:15; 14:2; 17:1; 19:6b. θυμιάματα πολλά a great deal of incense 8:3. τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα Ac 26:24. πολλοὶ χρόνοι long periods of time (Plut., Thes. 6, 9). πολλοῖς χρόνοις for long periods of time (SIG 836, 6; pap) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 44:3. χρόνοις πολλοῖς AcPlCor 2:10. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων (Diod S 3, 47, 8; Jos., Ant. 14, 110; 17, 204) 1 Cl 42:5.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. pers.—w. the art. οἱ πολλοί the many, of whatever appears in the context Mk 6:2 v.l. (the many people who were present in the synagogue); 9:26b (the whole crowd). Opp. ὁ εἷς Ro 5:15ac, 19ab; the many who form the ἓν σῶμα the one body 12:5; 1 Cor 10:17. Paul pays attention to the interests of the many rather than to his own vs. 33 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 212).—The majority, most (X., An. 5, 6, 19; Appian, Maced. 7, Bell. Civ. 4, 73 §309; 2 Macc 1:36; En 104:10; AscIs 3:26; Jos., Ant. 17, 72; Just., D. 4, 3) Mt 24:12; Hb 12:15 v.l. W. a connotation of disapproval most people, the crowd (Socrat., Ep. 6, 2; Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 8; Epict. 1, 3, 4; 2, 1, 22 al.; Plut., Mor. 33a; 470b; Plotinus, Enn. 2, 9, 9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42) 2 Cor 2:17; Pol 2:1; 7:2.—Jeremias, The Eucharistic Words of Jesus3, tr. NPerrin, ’66, 179–82; 226–31, and TW VI 536–45: πολλοί.
    ב. πολύ much ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολὺ κτλ. Lk 12:48 (Just., A I, 17, 4 twice πλέον). Cp. 16:10ab; 2 Cl 8:5; καρποφορεῖν π. bear much fruit Hs 2:3. πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον much in every way Ro 3:2 (Ael. Aristid. 34, 43 K.=50 p. 562 D. gives answer to a sim. quest. asked by himself: πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα).—Js 5:16.—As gen. of price πολλοῦ for a large sum of money (Menand., Fgm. 197 Kö.; PRyl 244, 10. S. στρουθίον.) Mt 26:9.—Of time: ἐπὶ πολύ ( for) a long time (JosAs 19:3; Ar. 65, 3; s. also ἐπί 18cβ) Ac 28:6; AcPl Ha 10, 21. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon afterward Ac 27:14 (μετά B 2c).—ἐπὶ πολύ more than once, often (Is 55:7) Hm 4, 1, 8.—Before a comp. (as Hom. et al.; B-D-F §246; Rob. 664) in the acc. πολὺ βέλτιον much better Hs 1:9. π. ἐλάττων v 3, 7, 6 (Ar. 6, 2). π. μᾶλλον much more, to a much greater degree (Dio Chrys. 2, 10; 17; 64 al.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 9 K.=50 p. 549 D.; Just., A II, 8, 3; D. 95, 1 al.) Hb 12:9, 25 (by means of a negative it acquires the mng. much less; cp. Diod S 7, 14, 6 πολὺ μᾶλλον μὴ … =even much less); Dg 2:7b. π. πλέον 2:7a (Ar. 11, 7). π. σπουδαιότερος 2 Cor 8:22b. Cp. π. τιμώτερον 1 Pt 1:7 v.l.; in the dat. of degree of difference πολλῷ μᾶλλον (Thu. 2, 51, 4; UPZ 42, 48 [162 B.C.]; EpArist 7; 24 al.; Sir prol. ln. 14; Jos., Ant. 18, 184; Just., A I, 68, 9; Tat. 17, 4) Mt 6:30; Mk 10:48b; Lk 18:39; Ro 5:9f, 15b, 17; 1 Cor 12:22; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; Phil 2:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρείσσον 1:23 (v.l. without μᾶλλον). πολλῷ πλείους J 4:41. πολλῷ στρουθίων as v.l. Mt 20:31 and Lk 12:7 (both N.25 app.; on the strong ms. support for this rdg. s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 21–24).—W. the art. τὸ πολύ (opp. τὸ ὀλίγον as X., An. 7, 7, 36) 2 Cor 8:15 (cp. Ex 16:18).
    ג. πολύς (Diod S 14, 107, 4 πολὺς ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ=he was strongly inclined toward punishing) μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασιν γίνου do not be profuse in speech, do not gossip 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).—Παπίας ὁ πολύς Papias (7), prob. to be understood as ὁ πάνυ; s. πάνυ d.
    comp. πλείων, πλεῖον; adv. πλειόνως
    α. adj., w. a singular (TestJob 35:2 διὰ πλείονος εὐωδίας) καρπὸν πλείονα more fruit J 15:2, 8 P66; Hs 5, 2, 4. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχλου the greater part of the throng 8, 1, 16. ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον for a longer time (PTebt 6:31 [II B.C.]) Ac 18:20. Foll. by gen. of comparison: πλείονα τιμήν more honor Hb 3:3b.—IPol 1:3a. Foll. by παρά τινα for comparison Hb 3:3a; 11:4; Hs 9, 18, 2. ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 1 Cl 41:4.—τὸ πλεῖον μέρος as adv. acc. for the greater part Hv 3, 6, 4a.
    β. as subst. πλεῖον, πλέον more τὸ πλεῖον the greater sum (cp. Diod S 1, 82, 2=the greater part; Ps 89:10) Lk 7:43. πλεῖον λαμβάνειν receive a larger sum Mt 20:10. W. partitive gen. ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας they will arrive at an ever greater measure of impiety=become more and more deeply involved in impiety 2 Ti 2:16. W. a gen. of comparison πλεῖον τῆς τροφῆς someth. greater (more important) than food Mt 6:25; Lk 12:23. πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; cp. vs. 42; Lk 11:31, 32. ἡ χήρα πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν the widow put in more than all the rest Mk 12:43; Lk 21:3. μηδὲν πλέον nothing more (Jos., Bell. 1, 43; cp. Just., D. 2, 3 οὐδὲν πλέον); the words than, except following are expressed by παρά and the acc. Lk 3:13 or by πλήν w. gen. Ac 15:28, w. εἰ μή Hs 1:6.—The acc. is used as an adv. more, in greater measure, to a greater degree (Herm. Wr. 13, 21 Nock after the mss.) Lk 7:42; IRo 1:1; IEph 6:2; w. a gen. of comparison Mt 5:20 (περισσεύω 1aβ); J 21:15; IPol 5:2 (s. Ad’Alès, RSR 25, ’35, 489–92). τριετίαν ἢ καὶ πλεῖον for three years or even more Ac 20:18 D (cp. TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27 [Stone p. 70, 27]).—ἐπὶ πλεῖον any farther (of place) Ac 4:17 (TestGad 7:2; Ath. 12 [ἐπί 4bβ]); (of time) at length Ac 20:9 (ἐπί 18cβ) or any longer, too long 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1 (ἐπί 18cβ); any more, even more (ἐπί 13) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). Strengthened πολὺ πλέον much more, much rather (4 Macc 1:8; cp. X., An. 7, 5, 15; BGU 180, 12f [172 A.D.] πολλῷ πλεῖον; Ar. 11, 7 πολλῷ πλεῖον) Dg 2:7; 4:5.—Also w. indications of number (s. 1bα) πλεῖον ἢ ἄρτοι πέντε Lk 9:13 (the words πλ. ἤ outside the constr. as X., An. 1, 2, 11). In πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων more than twelve legions of angels Mt 26:53 the text is uncertain (B-D-F §185, 4; s. Rob. 666).—The adv. can also be expressed by πλειόνως (Aeneas Tact. 237; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; Leontios 24, p. 52, 10) more ὅσον … πλειόνως the more … the more IEph 6:1.
    superl. πλεῖστος, ον
    α. adj.
    א. superlative proper τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος the greatest part w. partitive gen. Hs 8, 2, 9; 9, 7, 4. As adv. acc. for the greatest part 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1 (s. μέρος 1d).
    ב. elative (s. Mayser II/1, 1926, 53) very great, very large (ὁ) πλεῖστος ὄχλος Mt 21:8 (ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος could also be the greatest part of the crowd, as Thu. 7, 78, 2; Pla., Rep. 3, 397d); Mk 4:1.
    β. subst. οἱ πλεῖστοι the majority, most Ac 19:32 D (Just., D. 1, 4; cp. D. 48, 4 πλεῖστοι).
    pert. to being high on a scale of extent
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. as simple adj., to denote degree much, great, strong, severe, hard, deep, profound (Diod S 13, 7, 4 πολὺς φόβος; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 58 p. 265, 3 πολλὴ δικαιοσύνη; Eccl 5:16 θυμὸς π.; Sir 15:18 σοφία; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 4 [Stone p. 54] ἀθυμία; Just., D. 3, 1 ἠρεμία) ἀγάπη Eph 2:4. ἀγών 1 Th 2:2. ἄθλησις Hb 10:32. ἁπλότης Hv 3, 9, 1. ἀσιτία Ac 27:21. βία 24:6 [7] v.l. γογγυσμός J 7:12. διακονία Lk 10:40. δοκιμή 2 Cor 8:2. δόξα Mt 24:30; Hv 1, 3, 4; 2, 2, 6. δύναμις Mk 13:26. ἐγκράτεια strict self-control Hv 2, 3, 2. εἰρήνη complete or undisturbed peace (Diod S 3, 64, 7; 11, 38, 1) Ac 24:2. ἔλεος 1 Pt 1:3. ἐπιθυμία 1 Th 2:17. ζημία Ac 27:10. ζήτησις 15:7. θλῖψις 2 Cor 2:4a; 1 Th 1:6. καύχησις 2 Cor 7:4b (pred.). μακροθυμία Ro 9:22. ὀδυρμός Mt 2:18. παράκλησις 2 Cor 8:4. παρρησία (Wsd 5:1) 3:12; 7:4a (pred.); 1 Ti 3:13; Phlm 8. πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22c. πλάνη 2 Cl 1:7. πληροφορία 1 Th 1:5. πόνος Col 4:13. σιγή a great or general hush (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 25; Arrian, Anab. 5, 28, 4) Ac 21:40. στάσις 23:10. τρόμος 1 Cor 2:3. φαντασία Ac 25:23. χαρά 8:8; Phlm 7. ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; Jos., Ant. 8, 118) Mk 6:35ab.
    β. subst. πολλά in the acc. used as adv. greatly, earnestly, strictly, loudly, often etc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 14; Diod S 13, 41, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 19, 2; Aelian, VH 1, 23; 4 Km 10:18; Is 23:16; TestSol 1:1; GrBar; ApcMos; Jos., Ant. 14, 348) ἀλαλάζειν πολλά Mk 5:38 (s. ἀλαλάζω). πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν Hs 4:5c (ApcMos 32). π. ἀνακρίνειν Ac 28:18 v.l. π. ἀπορεῖν Mk 6:20 (Field, Notes 29). π. ἀσπάζεσθαι 1 Cor 16:19 (s. ἀσπάζομαι 1a). δεηθῆναι π. (GrBar 4:14; Jos., Vi. 173; 343) Hs 5, 4, 1. διαστέλλεσθαι Mk 5:43 (s. διαστέλλω). π. ἐπιτιμᾶν 3:12. π. ἐρωτᾶν earnestly pray Hv 2, 2, 1. κατηγορεῖν π. Mk 15:3 (s. κατηγορέω 1a). κηρύσσειν π. talk freely 1:45. κλαίειν bitterly Ac 8:24 D (ApcMos 39). κοπιᾶν (ApcMos 24; CIG IV 9552, 5 … μοι πολλὰ ἐκοπίασεν, cp. Dssm., LO 266, 5 [LAE 317]) work hard Ro 16:6, 12; 2 Cl 7:1b. νηστεύειν π. fast often Mt 9:14a. ὀμνύναι π. Mk 6:23. παρακαλεῖν Mk 5:10, 23; Ac 20:1 D; 1 Cor 16:12. π. πταίειν make many mistakes Js 3:2. π. σπαράσσειν convulse violently Mk 9:26a.—W. the art. ἐνεκοπτόμην τὰ πολλά I have been hindered these many times (cp. Ro 1:13 πολλάκις) Ro 15:22 (v.l. πολλάκις here too).
    γ. subst. πολύ in the acc. used as adv. greatly, very much, strongly (Da 6:15, 24 Theod.) ἀγαπᾶν πολύ show much affection, love greatly Lk 7:47b. κλαίειν π. weep loudly Rv 5:4.—Mk 12:27; Ac 18:27.
    superlative, the neut. acc. πλεῖστον, α as adv. (sing. Hom. et al.; pl. Pind. et al.)
    α. pl. πλεῖστα in the formula of greeting at the beginning of a letter πλεῖστα χαίρειν (POxy 742; 744; 1061 [all three I B.C.]; PTebt 314, 2 [II A.D.] and very oft. in pap.—Griech. pap ed. Ltzm.: Kl. Texte 142, 1910, p. 4, 5, 6, 7 al.; Preis. II s.v. πλεῖστος) heartiest greeting(s) IEph ins; IMg ins; ITr ins; IRo ins; ISm ins; IPol ins.
    β. sing. τὸ πλεῖστον at the most (Aristoph., Vesp. 260; Diod S 14, 71, 3 πεμπταῖοι ἢ τὸ πλ. ἑκταῖοι; POxy 58, 17; PGiss 65:9) κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ πλ. τρεῖς (word for word like Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1) 1 Cor 14:27.—B. 922f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πολύς

  • 6 נקש

    נְקַשch. sam(נקשto strike against; to touch closely), to strike against; to knock, drive in. Targ. II Esth. 6:10, sq. Targ. Jud. 4:21 (ed. Wil. נקיש׳); a. e.Snh.25b אנא ידענא למִנְקַשוכ׳ Ar. (ed. לנַקּוּשֵׁי, Pa.; Rashi בנְקָשָׁא) I know better how to clap (at the pigeon-race). B. Kam.52b איבעי ליה למיזיל ומִינְקַש עליה it was his duty to go and knock upon it (to try the soundness of the board). B. Mets.59a (prov.) כמִשְׁלַם … נָקֵיש ואזיל תיגרא when the barley is gone out of the pitcher, quarrel knocks and comes in; a. e. Pa. נַקֵּש same, v. supra. Af. אַקֵּיש 1) same. Y.B. Bath.IV, end, 15c; Y.Gitt.III, end, 45b מַקְּשִׁין על גרבאוכ׳ they knock at the vessel outside and know what is in it. Lev. R. s. 6 נסתיה … ואַקְּשֵׁיה לארעא he took the cane and knocked it against the floor; a. e. 2) to compare. Targ. Job 30:19 (sec. Vers.)Zeb.5b מאי חזית דאֵקְּשַׁת … אַקְּשָׁהּ לחטאת (ed. אַקֵּיש) why do you compare it with peace offerings? Compare it with sin offerings; Yalk. Lev. 470. Snh.15a לאַקּוּשֵׁיוכ׳ to place on an equal footing ; a. e. Ithpe. אִתְנְקַש to be knocked together. Targ. Koh. 12:3 (of the trembling hands of the age-stricken; h. text התעותו). Ittaf. אִיתַּקַּש to be set side by side, be compared. Pes.61a (ref. to Ex. 12:4) א׳ אוכלין למנויין those who partake of the Passover lamb are placed on an equal footing with those who are entered as shareholders, i. e. it must be slaughtered in behalf only of those entered and of such among them as are able to partake. Snh.15a עבד א׳ לקרקעות a slave is classed with landed estate. Ib. 63a אִיתַּקּוּשֵׁי אִיתַּקּוּש they (the bowing and the sacrificing to the idol) are legally alike; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > נקש

  • 7 נְקַש

    נְקַשch. sam(נקשto strike against; to touch closely), to strike against; to knock, drive in. Targ. II Esth. 6:10, sq. Targ. Jud. 4:21 (ed. Wil. נקיש׳); a. e.Snh.25b אנא ידענא למִנְקַשוכ׳ Ar. (ed. לנַקּוּשֵׁי, Pa.; Rashi בנְקָשָׁא) I know better how to clap (at the pigeon-race). B. Kam.52b איבעי ליה למיזיל ומִינְקַש עליה it was his duty to go and knock upon it (to try the soundness of the board). B. Mets.59a (prov.) כמִשְׁלַם … נָקֵיש ואזיל תיגרא when the barley is gone out of the pitcher, quarrel knocks and comes in; a. e. Pa. נַקֵּש same, v. supra. Af. אַקֵּיש 1) same. Y.B. Bath.IV, end, 15c; Y.Gitt.III, end, 45b מַקְּשִׁין על גרבאוכ׳ they knock at the vessel outside and know what is in it. Lev. R. s. 6 נסתיה … ואַקְּשֵׁיה לארעא he took the cane and knocked it against the floor; a. e. 2) to compare. Targ. Job 30:19 (sec. Vers.)Zeb.5b מאי חזית דאֵקְּשַׁת … אַקְּשָׁהּ לחטאת (ed. אַקֵּיש) why do you compare it with peace offerings? Compare it with sin offerings; Yalk. Lev. 470. Snh.15a לאַקּוּשֵׁיוכ׳ to place on an equal footing ; a. e. Ithpe. אִתְנְקַש to be knocked together. Targ. Koh. 12:3 (of the trembling hands of the age-stricken; h. text התעותו). Ittaf. אִיתַּקַּש to be set side by side, be compared. Pes.61a (ref. to Ex. 12:4) א׳ אוכלין למנויין those who partake of the Passover lamb are placed on an equal footing with those who are entered as shareholders, i. e. it must be slaughtered in behalf only of those entered and of such among them as are able to partake. Snh.15a עבד א׳ לקרקעות a slave is classed with landed estate. Ib. 63a אִיתַּקּוּשֵׁי אִיתַּקּוּש they (the bowing and the sacrificing to the idol) are legally alike; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > נְקַש

  • 8 dehors

    dehors [dəɔʀ]
    1. adverb
    ( = à l'extérieur) outside ; ( = pas chez soi) out
    jeter or mettre or foutre qn dehors (inf!) to chuck (inf!) sb out ; [patron] to fire (inf) sb
    en dehors de outside ; ( = excepté) apart from
    en dehors de cela, il n'y a rien de neuf apart from that there's nothing new
    2. masculine noun
    ( = extérieur) outside
    « défense de se pencher au-dehors » "don't lean out"
    au-dehors, elle paraît calme, mais c'est une nerveuse outwardly she looks relaxed, but actually she's quite highly strung
    3. plural masculine noun
    dehors ( = apparences) sous des dehors aimables, il est dur under his friendly exterior, he's a hard man
    * * *
    dəɔʀ
    1.
    adverbe outside

    passer la nuit dehors — ( occasionnellement) to spend the night outdoors; [clochard] to sleep rough

    mettre quelqu'un dehorsgén to throw somebody out; ( d'un travail) to fire somebody; ( d'un établissement scolaire) to expel [élève]

    de dehors[voir, arriver] from outside


    2.
    exclamation get out!

    3.
    nom masculin invariable

    ses dehors bourrus cachent un cœur d'or — his/her rough exterior hides a heart of gold


    4.
    en dehors locution adverbiale
    1) ( à l'extérieur) outside

    5.
    en dehors de locution prépositive
    1) ( à l'extérieur de) outside
    2) ( mis à part) apart from
    3) ( hors de) outside

    c'est en dehors du sujetÉcole it's off the subject

    * * *
    dəɔʀ
    1. adv
    outside, (= en plein air) outdoors, outside

    Je t'attends dehors. — I'll wait for you outside.

    2. nm

    au dehors — outside, (= en apparence) outwardly

    de dehors (= depuis l'extérieur) — from outside, from the outside

    en dehors — outside, (tourné) outwards

    en dehors de (= sauf)apart from

    En dehors de lui, tout le monde était content. — Apart from him, everybody was happy.

    3. nmpl
    (= apparences) appearances, exterior sg
    * * *
    A adv
    1 ( à l'extérieur) outside; manger/dormir dehors to eat/to sleep outside ou outdoors; ne restez pas dehors, entrez don't stay outside, come in; passer la nuit dehors ( occasionnellement) to spend the night outdoors; ( habituellement) to sleep rough; mettre sa bicyclette dehors to put one's bicycle outside; allez jouer dehors! go and play outside!;
    2 ( hors de son domicile) out; j'ai été dehors toute la journée I was out all day; je déjeune dehors aujourd'hui I'm having lunch out today; mettre or flanquer qn dehors ( exclure d'un lieu) gén to throw ou to chuck sb out; ( d'un cours) to throw sb out; ( d'un travail) to fire, to sack GB; ( d'un établissement scolaire) to expel; de dehors [voir, appeler, arriver] from outside.
    B excl get out!
    C nm inv
    1 ( lieu) le dehors the outside; les bruits du dehors noise from outside; quelqu'un du dehors ne peut pas comprendre fig an outsider can't understand;
    2 ( apparence) ses dehors bourrus cachent un cœur d'or his/her rough exterior hides a heart of gold; sous des dehors modestes, il est très orgueilleux under his modest exterior, he's a very proud man.
    D en dehors loc adv
    1 ( à l'extérieur) outside;
    2 fig ( exclu) il a préféré rester en dehors he preferred to stay out of it.
    E en dehors de loc prép
    1 ( à l'extérieur de) outside; en dehors de la ville/du pays outside the city/the country; traverser en dehors des passages pour piétons to cross the street ou road outside the pedestrian crossings; il fait du tennis en dehors de l'école he plays tennis outside school; choisir qn en dehors du groupe/parti to choose sb from outside the group/party; l'accident est survenu en dehors de l'autoroute the accident happened off the motorway GB ou freeway US;
    2 ( mis à part) apart from; en dehors de quelques amis, il ne voit personne apart from a few friends, he sees no one; il a des indemnités en dehors de son salaire he has allowances in addition to his salary; en dehors de certaines dates outside certain dates;
    3 ( hors de) outside of; en dehors des heures d'ouvertures/heures de travail outside of opening hours/office hours; il est resté en dehors du coup or de cette histoire he stayed out of the whole business; c'est en dehors du sujet Scol it's off the subject; c'est en dehors de mes attributions that's outside my jurisdiction sout, that's not my job; c'est en dehors d'eux qu'il faut chercher la responsabilité we must look beyond them to find those who are to blame; en dehors de tout clivage idéologique beyond all ideological divisions; la police a agi en dehors des limites de la loi the police went beyond the limits of the law; en dehors des repas between meals;
    4 ( à l'insu de) faire qch en dehors de qn to do sth without the knowledge of sb; la décision a été prise en dehors de moi the decision was taken without my knowledge.
    I
    [dəɔr] adverbe
    [à l'extérieur] outside
    [en plein air] outside, outdoors, out of doors
    [hors de chez soi] out
    b. [renvoyer] to sack somebody
    en dehors locution adverbiale
    1. [à l'extérieur] outside
    2. [vers l'extérieur]
    avoir ou marcher les pieds en dehors to walk with one's feet turned out
    en dehors de locution prépositionnelle
    1. [excepté] apart from
    2. [à l'écart de]
    3. [au-delà de] outside (of), beyond
    II
    [dəɔr] nom masculin
    1. [surface extérieure d'une boîte, d'un bâtiment] outside
    2. [plein air] outside
    3. [étranger]
    ————————
    [dəɔr] nom masculin pluriel
    [apparences] appearances

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > dehors

  • 9 σκότος

    σκότος, ους, τό (as a masc. word Hom. et al. and so in the Attic writers [EFraenkel, ZVS 43, 1910, 195ff; σκότος and φῶς], as well as Jos., Ant. 19, 216; 217; as a neut. Pind. et al. and H. Gk. gener., also in LXX [Thackeray p. 159]; pseudepigr.; Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 140, Ant. 1, 27; apolog.; PWarr 21, 25; 30 [III A.D.].—B-D-F §51, 2; Mlt-H. 127. Only in Hb 12:18 does ὁ σκ. appear as a v.l. in the t.r.) ‘darkness’
    darkness, gloom, lit., of the darkness in the depths of the sea B 10:10. Of dark clouds ApcPt 10:25. Of the darkening of the sun (σκότος at the death of Aeschyl., acc. to Aristoph.: Ael. Aristid. 32, 32 K.=12 p. 145 D. At the death of Alexander ἐγένετο σκότος: Ps.-Callisth. 3, 33, 26. Others HUsener, RhM n.s. 55, 1900, 286f) Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; GPt 5:15; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4: here σκ. means ‘bearer of darkness’; s. 4, end). Of the darkness of chaos (Gen 1:2; Mel., P. 82, 611; Theoph. Ant. 1, 6 [p. 70, 19]) 2 Cor 4:6. Of the darkness of nonexistence 1 Cl 38:3 (Sb 8960, 19 [grave-epigram I B.C.] σκότους πύλας); JosAs 8:10 ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους εἰς τὸ φῶς). Of the darkness of the place of punishment far removed fr. the heavenly kingdom (Philo, Exsecr. 152 βαθὺ σκότος. Cp. Wsd 17:20; PsSol 14:9.—σκ. κ. βόρβορος ‘gloom and muck’ await those who are untrue to the Eleusinian Mysteries, Ael. Aristid. 22, 10 K.=19 p. 421 D. Of the darkness of death and the underworld in Hom. and the Trag. As the domain of evil spirits PGM 36, 138; Theoph. Ant. 2, 7 [p. 110, 5]) τὸ σκ. τὸ ἐξώτερον the darkness outside Mt 8:12; 22:13; 25:30 (also ApcEsdr 4:37 p. 29, 16 Tdf.; cp. Vi. Aesopi W 31 P., where Aesop advises a man: ῥῖψον αὐτὴν [his wife] εἰς τὸ σκότος.—RTaylor, Theology 33, ’42, 277–83). Also ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους (ζόφος 2) 2 Pt 2:17; Jd 13.—Of the darkness in which the blind live (Soph., Oed. R. 419; Eur., Phoen. 377; 1534; Dt 28:29) w. ἀχλύς (q.v. 1) Ac 13:11. [διὰ τὸ] σκότος ἀφα̣[νής] unnoticed because of the darkness AcPl Ha 3, 27 (other restorations suggested in app.).
    the state of being unknown, darkness, fig. τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους the things that are hidden in darkness and therefore are known to nobody 1 Cor 4:5.
    the state of spiritual or moral darkness, darkness, of darkening by sin, of the state of unbelievers and of the godless, opp. φῶς (Herm. Wr. 7, 2a; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 101, Somn. 2, 39; TestLevi 19:1; TestNapht 2:10; OdeSol 11:19; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 22 [Stone p. 70]; TestJob 43:6; JosAs 15:13; Mel., P. 68, 491; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 67, 6.—S. σκότος as gnostic term Iren. 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 36, 2]; Hippol., Ref. 10, 16, 4) Mt 4:16 (Is 9:1; s. σκοτία); 6:23b; J 3:19; Ac 26:18; Ro 2:19; 2 Cor 6:14; 1 Th 5:4f; 1 Pt 2:9; 1J 1:6; 1 Cl 59:2; B 14:7 (Is 42:7); 18:1; AcPl Ha 8, 32/BMM verso 4. Opp. δικαιοσύνη B 5:4. Cp. 14:5f. W. σκιὰ θανάτου (σκιά 2b) Lk 1:79 (schol. on Soph., El. 1079 p. 149 P. ἐν σκότει γενέσθαι τ. θανάτου. For σκότος=darkness of death cp. Plut., Mor. 296ab, an oath ‘by the σκότος near the oak tree, where the men of Priene had been killed in such great numbers’; s. also New Docs 4, 149).—Sins are τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους Ro 13:12; Eph 5:11.—On ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους Lk 22:53; Col 1:13 s. ἐξουσία 6. On οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους τούτου Eph 6:12 s. κοσμοκράτωρ.—In a related sense, and in contrast to φῶς, σκότος has the sense
    bearer/victim/instrument of darkness Mt 6:23a; Lk 11:35; Eph 5:8 (s. KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 339f [Qumran]). S. also 3 above.—B. 61. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σκότος

  • 10 μέρος

    μέρος, ους, τό (Pind., Hdt.+).
    part, in contrast to the whole
    gener. (Ocellus Luc. c. 12 τὸ πᾶν ἢ μέρος τι τοῦ παντός; Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 13, 16 μ. ἐν ὅλῳ; Gen 47:24; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 189 τ. ὅλου κ. τῶν μερῶν al.; Ath. 12, 3 μικρῷ μέρει τοῦ παντὸς τὸ πᾶν … δοκιμάζουσιν) w. the gen. of the whole τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μ. τῆς οὐσίας the part of the property that falls to me Lk 15:12 (SIG 346, 36 τὸ μέρος τὸ ἐπιβάλλον; 1106, 80). μ. τι τοῦ ἀγροῦ a part of the field Hs 5, 2, 2. δύο μέρη τῆς ῥάβδου two thirds of the stick (Thu. 1, 104, 2 τῆς Μέμφιδος τῶν δύο μερῶν πρὸς τὸ τρίτον μέρος; SIG 975, 24f) Hs 8, 1, 12f; cp. 8, 5, 3ff; 8, 8, 4; 8, 9, 1. τὸ πλεῖστον μ. αὐτῶν 8, 2, 9; cp. 9, 7, 4 and 8, 1, 16. τὰ λοιπὰ μ. 8, 1, 15. Also without gen., when it is plain fr. the context how much of a contrast betw. part and whole is involved μὴ ἔχον μέρος τι σκοτεινόν with no dark part Lk 11:36; cp. J 19:23 (Jos., Ant. 1, 172 μέρη τέσσαρα ποιήσαντες); Ac 5:2; Rv 16:19; Hv 4, 3, 4f. Of the Christians ἐκλογῆς μ. a chosen portion fr. among all humankind 1 Cl 29:1.
    specialized uses
    α. component, element τινὰ μέρη ἔχουσιν τ. ἀνομίας they still have certain elements of lawlessness Hv 3, 6, 4b.
    β. of parts of the body (Diod S 32, 12, 1 τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέρη; Dio Chrys. 16 [33], 62; Plut., Mor. 38a μ. τ. σώματος; Artem. 3, 51 al.; Herodian 8, 4, 10; PRyl 145, 14 [38 A.D.]; PGM 4, 2390; 2392; Tat. 16, 1) fig., of the body whose head is Christ Eph 4:16 (on the text s. μέλος 2; for the idea σῶμα, end).
    γ. τὰ μέρη the parts (of a geographical area), region, district (Herodian 6, 5, 7; Jos., Ant. 12, 234; B-D-F §141, 2; s. Rob. 408) τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 2:22. τὰ μ. τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην Ac 2:10; cp. 20:2. Also of a district in or around a city (cp. UPZ 180b, 8 [113 B.C.] οἰκίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου μέρει Διὸς πόλεως) τὰ μ. Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος the district of Tyre and Sidon Mt 15:21; cp. 16:13; Mk 8:10; J 6:1 D; Ac 7:43 D. τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη the upper (=inland) regions, interior (cp. PHamb 54 I, 14 τὰ ἄνω μέρη of the upper Nile valley) Ac 19:1.—Eph 4:9 (s. κατώτερος).
    δ. side (Diod S 2, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον μέρος=on both sides; Ex 32:15; 1 Macc 9:12; TestJud 5:4; Ath. 1, 4 τὸ ἕτερον … τῆς κεφαλῆς μέρος) Hs 9, 2, 3. τὰ δεξιὰ μ. on the right side, τὰ ἀριστερὰ μ. on the left side v 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1. Of a vessel τὰ δεξιὰ μ. τοῦ πλοίου the right side of the boat (as the lucky side? cp. Il. 12, 239; 13, 821 of a bird of omen) J 21:6 (of a body part POxy 3195, II 40, 43 [331 A.D.]). τὰ ἐξώτερα μ. τῆς οἰκοδομῆς the outside of the building Hs 9, 9, 3.—New Docs 3, 75.
    ε. piece ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος a piece of broiled fish Lk 24:42.—μ. τι λαμβάνειν take a portion Hv 3, 1, 6.
    ζ. party (Jos., Bell. 1, 143; POxy 1278, 24; PFlor 47, 17; PLond III, 1028, 18 p. 277 [VII A.D.] τοῦ πρασίνου μέρους=‘of the green party’) Ac 23:6. τινὲς τ. γραμματέων τ. μέρους τ. Φαρισαίων vs. 9.
    η. branch or line of business (cp. PFlor 89, 2 after Preisigke, Berichtigungsliste 1922, 147 τὰ μέρη τῆς διοικήσεως=‘the branches of the administration’) Ac 19:27.
    θ. matter, affair (Menand., Epitr. 234 S. [58 Kö.], Per. 297 S. [107 Kö.]; Diod S 2, 27, 1; Περὶ ὕψους 12, 5 [μέρη=objects]; Jos., Ant. 15, 61 τούτῳ τῷ μέρει; PRyl 127, 12 [29 A.D.] ἀναζητῆσαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέρους=‘begin an investigation concerning the matter’) ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει in this case, in this matter (cp. Polyb. 18, 18, 2 τ. πίστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει διαφυλάττειν) 2 Cor 3:10; 9:3 (s. also ἐν μέρει in c below). Cp. 1 Pt 4:16 v.l.
    used w. prepositions: ἀνὰ μέρος one after the other, in succession (s. ἀνά 2) 1 Cor 14:27.—ἀπὸ μέρους in part (Dio Chrys. 28 [45], 3; Ael. Aristid. 32, 4 K.=12 p. 135 D.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 10, 2; Epict. 1, 27, 17 διʼ ὅλων ἢ ἀ. μ.; PRyl 133, 17; BGU 1201, 15 [2 A.D.]; PTebt 402, 2; POxy 1681, 9; Just., A II, 10, 8 Χριστῷ … τῷ … ἄ. μ. γνωσθέντι) πώρωσις ἀ. μ. a partial hardening Ro 11:25. τολμηρότερον … ἀ. μ. very boldly on some points 15:15. καθὼς ἐπέγνωτε ἡμᾶς ἀ. μ. as you have understood us in part 2 Cor 1:14. Also for a while: ἀ. μ. ἐμπλησθῆναί τινος enjoy someone’s company for a while Ro 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 2:5 in some degree.—ἐκ μέρους in part, individually (Ael. Aristid. 54 p. 695 D.; 698; SIG 852, 30 … ὅλη, ἐκ μέρους δέ … ; PLond III, 1166, 14 p. 105 [42 A.D.]; BGU 538, 33; PRyl 233, 6; Philo, Mos. 2, 1 al.) individually 1 Cor 12:27. ἐκ μ. γινώσκειν know in part 13:9a, 12; cp. vs. 9b. τὸ ἐκ μ. what is in part’ = imperfect vs. 10.—ἐν μέρει in the matter of, with regard to (Antig. Car. 24; Diod S 20, 58, 5; Plut., Mor. 102e; Horapollo 1, 57 ἐν τροφῆς μέρει=‘as food’; GDI 5185, 30 [Crete] ἐν χάριτος μέρει; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 5 ἐν μέρει λόγου al.) ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς with regard to a festival Col 2:16 (cp. ApcrEzk [Epiph. 70, 14] ἐν τῷ μέρει τῆς ἀδυναμίας ‘in connection with my disability’. See bθ above).—κατὰ μέρος part by part, in detail (ins [s. SIG ind. IV p. 444a]; PTebt 6, 24) περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν κατὰ μέρος (κ. μ. of the detailed treatment of a subj. as Pla., Theaet. 157b, Soph. 246c; Polyb. 1, 4, 6; 3, 19, 11; 3, 28, 4; 10, 27, 7 λέγειν κ. μ.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 11, 7; 2 Macc 2:30; Jos., Ant. 12, 245) point by point Hb 9:5.—παρὰ μέρος to one side (Appian, Liby. 14 §55 γιγνόμενος παρὰ μ.=going to one side, Bell. Civ. 5, 81 §345; PGM 13, 438 βάλε παρὰ μέρος=‘put to one side’) ὁ λίθος ὑπεχώρησε παρὰ μ. the stone went back to one side GPt 9:37.
    as adv. acc. μέρος τι in part, partly (Thu. 2, 64; 4, 30, 1; X., Eq. 1, 12; SIG 976, 65; 1240, 8 ἤτι μέρος ἢ σύμπαν; 3 Km 12:31) 1 Cor 11:18; τὸ πλεῖστον μ. for the most part (Menand., Fgm. 789 Kö.; Diod S 22, 10, 5) Hs 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1. τὸ πλεῖον μ. for the greater part v 3, 6, 4a.
    share (Trag. et al.) μ. τι μεταδοῦναι ἀπό τινος give a share of someth. 1:5 (on μέρος ἀπό τινος cp. PStras 19, 5 [105 A.D.] τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ μέρους ἑνὸς ἀπὸ μερῶν ἐννέα) δώσω αὐτοῖς … μέρος δικαιοσύνης μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων μου I will give them … a share of uprightness with my holy ones i.e. those rescued from perdition will enjoy the same redeemed status as those who are already in the divine presence ApcPt Rainer 6. ἔχειν μ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. (cp. Synes., Ep. 58 p. 203a οὐκ ἔστι τῷ διαβόλῳ μέρος ἐν παραδείσῳ) Rv 20:6 (Dalman, Worte 103f). ἀφελεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 22:19. Place (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 34 §154 ἐν ὑπηκόων ἀντὶ κοινωνῶν εἶναι μέρει=to be in the place of subjects instead of partners) τὸ μ. αὐτῶν ἐν τ. λίμνῃ their place is in the lake Rv 21:8. ἔχειν μ. μετά τινος have a place with someone J 13:8. τὸ μ. τινὸς μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν τιθέναι assign someone a place among the dissemblers (hypocrites) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. μετʼ αὐτῶν μοι τὸ μ. γένοιτο σχεῖν ἐν (v.l. παρὰ) θεῷ may I have my place with them in (or with) God IPol 6:1. τοῦ λαβεῖν μ. ἐν ἀριθμῷ τῶν μαρτύρων MPol 14:2.—B. 934. DELG s.v. μείρομαι II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μέρος

  • 11 μνημεῖον

    μνημεῖον, ου, τό (s. μνήμα) lit. ‘token of remembrance’ (Pind. et al.; Philo, Joseph.), esp. for the dead (Eur., Iph. T. 702; 821; Thu. 1, 138, 5; X., Hell. 2, 4, 17; 3, 2, 15; Pla., Rep. 3, 414a).
    monument, memorial (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 119 μν. καὶ τάφος; HHäusle, Das Denkmal als Garant des Nachruhms [Zetemata 25] 1980 [ins; on the function of a monument s. pp. 29–40]): οἰκοδομεῖτε τ. μνημεῖα τῶν προφητῶν Lk 11:47 (JJeremias, Heiligengräber in Jesu Umwelt ’58) is prob. to be understood in this sense (for μ. οἰκοδομεῖν cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 211). But μ. in our lit. usu. has the sense
    grave, tomb (SIG 1229, 4; 1232; 1234; 1242; 1244; PFlor 9, 10; Gen 23:6, 9; Is 22:16 al.; TestSol 17:2; ParJer; ApcEsdr 4:36 p. 29, 14 Tdf.; ApcMos 42; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 1, 237; 18, 108; Mel., P. 78, 569; 90, 673); of tombs in caves, etc. (s. PThomsen, Grab: Reallex. d. Vorgesch. IV 2, 473ff), into which a person can enter (s. ParJer 7:1; Mk 16:5; J 20:6) Mt 23:29; 27:52f (JBlinzler, ThGl 35, ’43, 91–93.—Diod S 13, 86, 3: when the Carthaginians besieging Acragas destroyed some tombs lying outside the walls, ‘throughout the night ghosts of the dead appeared’ διὰ νυκτὸς εἴδωλα φαίνεσθαι τῶν τετελευτηκότων.—On an earthquake that opens the graves and frees those inside s. Ps.-Ael. Aristid. 25, 20f K.=43 p. 804 D.: μνήματα ἀνερρήγνυτο … τὰ μνήματα ἀνερρίπτει τοὺς κειμένους. EFascher, Die Auferweckung der Heiligen Mt 27:51–53, ’51), vs. 60b; 28:8; Mk 15:46ab; 16:2, 3, 5, 8; Lk 23:55; 24:1 v.l., 2, 9, 12, 22, 24; J 11:17, 31 (Aesop, Fab. 109 H. [cp. 299 H-H.] γυνὴ ἀπιοῦσα πρὸς τὸ μνημεῖον ἐθρήνει), 38; 12:17; 19:42; 20:1–4, 6, 8, 11ab; GPt 9:34; 12:51, 53 (lit. on the Holy Sepulcher: RGG3 II 1816–18; also FBraun, La Sépulture de Jésu ’37; RSmith, The Tomb of Jesus, BA 30, ’67, 74–90). τιθέναι εἰς μ. place in the tomb Ac 13:29. Also τιθέναι ἐν τῷ μ. Mt 27:60a; Mk 6:29; 15:46a. μ. καινόν Mt 27:60a; J 19:41; οἱ ἐν τοῖς μ. those who are in their tombs 5:28. The haunt of possessed persons Mt 8:28; Mk 5:2 (acc. to Diog. L. 9, 38 Democritus sought solitude among the graves). Graves were somet. not recognizable as such fr. their outward appearance Lk 11:44; s. ἄδηλος 1.—DELG s.v. μιμνήσκω 5. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μνημεῖον

  • 12 Conseil

    n. m. (abbr. Conseil de revision). Passer le Conseil: To pass the medical fitness test for the Army. (Although no-one in France enjoys going to do National Service, failing the Conseil de revision is very much a slur on one's manhood. Outside the premises where this examination is conducted, those who are passed fit are sold colourful badges bearing the words: 'Bon pour les filles et pour l'Armée'.)

    Dictionary of Modern Colloquial French > Conseil

  • 13 ἐκβάλλω

    ἐκβάλλω fut. ἐκβαλῶ; 2 aor. ἐξέβαλον; plpf. ἐκβεβλήκειν Mk 16:9. Pass.: 1 fut. ἐκβληθήσομαι; aor. ἐξεβλήθην; pf. 3 sg. ἐκβέβληται (Just.), ptc. ἐκβεβλημένος (Hom.+) gener. ‘to throw out’, then
    force to leave, drive out, expel, τινά (SIG 1109, 95; PTebt 105, 31; Gen 3:24 al.; Jos., Bell. 1, 31, Ant. 1, 58) Mt 21:12 (Chariton 3, 2, 12 πάντας ἐ. fr. the temple of Aphrodite; Lysimachus: 621 Fgm. 1, 306 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 306] God demands that the Egyptian king ἐκβάλλειν ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν those who are unclean; CRoth, Cleansing of the Temple and Zech 14:21: NovTest 4, ’60, 174–81; for lit. on Jesus’ action s. DSeeley, CBQ 55, ’93, 263 n. 1); Mk 1:12 is perh. to be understood in this sense, cp. Gen 3:24, but s. 2 below; Mk 5:40; 11:15; Lk 19:45; 20:12. Pass. Mt 9:25; Hs 1, 4; 9, 14, 2. τινὰ or τὶ ἔκ τινος (Dio Chrys. 49 [66], 3; SIG 317, 12; PLond III, 887, 6 p. 1 [III B.C.]; PMagd 12, 11=PEnteux 54, 11; Ex 6:1; Num 22:6 al.; Philo, Cher. 10) J 2:15; Hs 8, 7, 5. ἀπό τινος (Ex 23:31; Num 22:11; 2 Ch 11:16; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 163; Jos., Ant. 13, 352; Just., D. 92, 2 ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰερουσαλήμ) Ac 13:50. ἔξω τινός out of someth. (Lev 14:40; 1 Macc 13:47 v.l.): a city (Hyperid. 5:31) Lk 4:29; Ac 7:58; cp. Hs 1:6; ἐ. ἔξω (without amplification as 2 Ch 29:16) J 6:37; 9:34f (s. below); Ac 9:40. Pass. Lk 13:28; J 12:31 (βάλλω P66 et al.). W. the destination given ἐ. εἴς τι drive someone out into someth. (Dt 29:27; 2 Ch 29:16; Jer 22:28; Mel., P. 48): into the darkness outside (cp. En 10:4) Mt 8:12; 22:13; 25:30.—From a vineyard Mt 21:39; Mk 12:8; Lk 20:15; in these three passages throw out, toss out is prob. meant.—Mid., throw someth. overboard to save oneself: Ac 27:38 grain (the act. in this sense Diod S 3, 40, 5; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα En 101:5; Jos., Bell. 1, 280).—Used esp. of the expulsion of spirits who have taken possession of a pers. (Jos., Ant. 6, 211; Just. A II, 10, 6 δαίμονας … ἐκβαλὼν τῆς πολιτείας; PGM 4, 1227 πρᾶξις γενναία ἐκβάλλουσα δαίμονας; 1252; 1254) Mt 8:31; 9:33f; 10:1, 8; 12:26; 17:19; Mk 1:34, 39, 43; 3:15, 23; 6:13; 7:26 (ἔκ τινος); 9:18, 28; 16:9 (παρά τινος); Lk 9:40; 11:14; 13:32. W. the means given (Lucian-Epigr. in Anth. Pal. 11, 427 δαίμονα ἐ. δυνάμει) τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι by your name Mt 7:22. λόγῳ with a word 8:16. For this ἔν τινι by someone or someth. by the ruler of the evil spirits 9:34; Mk 3:22; by Beelzebul Mt 12:24, 27; Lk 11:15, 18f; by the name of Jesus Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49; by the finger of God Lk 11:20; cp. vs. 19; ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ Mt 12:28.—GSterling, Jesus as Exorcist: CBQ 55, ’93, 467–93.— Expel someone fr. a group, repudiate someone (Pherecyd. 83 Zeus expels insolent deities) a servant girl Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10); a wife (Demosth. 59, 63; 83; Diod S 12, 18, 1; BGU 1050, 15; PGiss 2, 23; Lev 21:7; Pr 18:22a; Sir 7:26; Jos., Ant. 16, 215; 17, 78) Agr 18; ἐκ τ. ἐκκλησίας ἐ. 3J 10 (cp. POxy 104, 17; Jos., Bell. 2, 143). Vss. J 9:34f, referred to above, prob. belong here too, since the Johannine love of multiple meaning has combined the mngs. drive out of the audience-room and expel from the synagogue.—Idiom: λόγους ἐ. εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω cast words behind oneself=pay no attention to them 1 Cl 35:8 (Ps 49:17); ἐ. τὸ ὄνομα disdain, spurn the name Lk 6:22 (cp. Pla., Crito 46b and Rep. 2, 377c; Soph., Oed. Col. 636; 646); difft., Wlh. ad loc.; s. Black, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 135f, w. special ref. to Dt 22:14, 19.
    to cause to go or remove from a position (without force), send out/away, release, bring out (PRyl 80, 1 [I A.D.] ἐκβάλετε … ὑδροφύλακας; 1 Macc 12:27) workers Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2 (cp. PMich 618, 15f [II A.D.]); send away Js 2:25; release Ac 16:37; lead out (Μαρτύριον τῆς ἁγ. Αἰκατερίνας 18 p. 17 Viteau: ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βας. ἐκβληθῆναι αὐτὴν ἐκ τ. φυλακῆς; Theophanes, Chron. 388, 28) Mk 1:12 (but s. 1 above); bring out of sheep J 10:4 (cp. Hs 6, 2, 6; Longus 3, 33, 2 προσέβαλλε ταῖς μητράσι τοὺς ἄρνας; BGU 597, 4 ἵνα βάλῃ τὸν μόσχον πρὸ τ. προβάτων).
    to cause someth. to be removed from someth., take out, remove (1 Macc 13:48; Diosc. 1, 50; s. Rydbeck 155–58; 184) a beam or splinter ἐκ τ. ὀφθαλμοῦ Mt 7:4f; Lk 6:42; Ox 1 verso, 2 (ASyn. 68, 44) (cp. GTh 26; Aesop. p. 28 Ursing ἐκβάλλεις ἄκανθα[ν] ἐκ ποδῶν μου); bring out τὶ someth. (Horapollo 2, 105; TestAbr A 6, p. 83, 23 [Stone p. 14] ἐκ τοῦ κόλπου ‘[pearls] out of the purse’) ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐ. τὰ ἀγαθά out of the good treasure (=the tr. of the good) that which is good Mt 12:35; 13:52; take out a sum of money Lk 10:35. Of an eye, tear out and throw away Mk 9:47 (Syntipas p. 101, 2; cp. La 3:16 ἐ. ὀδόντας). Of material in the body (Ps.-Plut., Hom. 205; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 485; cp. Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 6 οἱ κυνηγοὶ εἰς ἀγγεῖον αὐτὴν [=τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κόπρον] ἐμβάλοντες=the hunters let their excrement fall into a pot.—ἐκβ. τι=let someth. fall Diog. L. 6, 35) evacuate Mt 15:17.
    to pay no attention to, disregard τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξωθεν τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε ἔξωθεν leave out (of consideration) the outer court of the temple Rv 11:2 (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 147 ἐ. τι=disregard someth.; M. Ant. 12, 25 βάλε ἔξω τὴν ὑπόληψιν=do not concern yourself about … ; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 VI, 22f [II A.D.] τὸ ἀναγνωσθὲν δάνειον ἐκβάλλω=I pass over, omit. On the belief of Jerusalem’s inhabitants that the temple could be saved, while the beleagured city was ruined, s. Jos., Bell. 5, 459).
    to bring someth. about, cause to happen, bring ἐ. εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν lead justice on to victory Mt 12:20 (s. κρίσις 3).—B. 713. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκβάλλω

  • 14 fuera

    adv.
    1 outside.
    hace frío fuera it's cold outside
    fuera de la casa outside the house
    lo echó fuera she threw him out
    salen mucho a comer fuera they eat out a lot
    hacia fuera outward
    por fuera (on the) outside
    sólo vimos la iglesia por fuera we only saw the church from the outside
    2 away.
    a los de fuera les sorprende people who aren't from round here o strangers find it strange
    intj.
    out of here, go away, get out, out.
    imperf.subj.
    1 3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Imperfect Subjunctive of Spanish verb: ser.
    2 1st person singular (yo) Imperfect Subjunctive of Spanish verb: ir.
    * * *
    1 (exterior) out, outside
    salimos fuera we went out, we went outside
    1 get out!
    1 (un lugar) out of; (más allá de) outside, beyond; (excepto) except for, apart from
    \
    estar fuera de sí to be beside oneself
    fuera de combate knocked out
    fuera de duda beyond doubt
    fuera de lo normal extraordinary, very unusual
    fuera de peligro out of danger
    fuera de serie extraordinary
    jugar fuera DEPORTE to play away
    fuera de juego offside
    ————————
    1→ link=ser ser
    2→ link=ir ir
    * * *
    adv.
    1) outside, out
    2) away
    * * *
    ADV
    1) [de edificio, objeto] [indicando posición] outside; [indicando dirección] out

    ¡estamos aquí fuera! — we're out here!

    ¡fuera! — get out!

    ¡segundos fuera! — (Boxeo) seconds out!

    ir o salir fuera — to go out, go outside

    comer fuera — [al aire libre] to eat outside; [en restaurante] to eat out

    hoy vamos a cenar fuera — we're going out for dinner tonight, we're eating out tonight

    de fuera — from outside

    desde fuera — from outside

    la parte de fuera — the outside, the outer part

    por fuera — (on the) outside

    esta camisa se lleva por fuera — this shirt is worn outside, this shirt is not tucked in

    lengua 1)
    2) [de ciudad, trabajo]

    estar fuera — to be away, be out of town

    3) (tb: fuera del país) abroad, out of the country

    "¡invasores fuera!" — "invaders go home!"

    ir o salir fuera — to go abroad

    4) (Dep)
    a) [en un partido]

    estar fuera[pelota] (Ftbl) to be out of play; (Rugby) to be in touch; (Tenis) to be out

    fuera de juegooffside

    fuera de tiempo, estamos fuera de tiempo — time's up

    tirar fuera — to shoot wide

    b) (tb: fuera de casa) away, away from home
    5)

    fuera de

    a) (=en el exterior de) outside, out of
    b) (=aparte) apart from, aside from

    pero fuera de esobut apart o aside from that

    fuera de que... — apart from the fact that...

    c)

    fuera de alcanceout of reach

    fuera de combate — (Mil) wounded; (Boxeo) K.O.ed

    fuera de lo comúnunusual

    estar fuera de lugar — to be inappropriate, be out of place

    fuera de peligroout of danger

    fuera de serieexceptional

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (lugar, parte) [Latin American Spanish also uses afuera in this sense] outside

    comeremos fuera — ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside; ( en un restaurante) we'll eat out

    b) ( en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away

    los de fuera — ( los extranjeros) foreigners; (los de otros pueblos, ciudades, etc) outsiders

    2)

    fuera de — (loc prep)

    a) (en el exterior de, más allá de) out of

    fuera del alcance de los proyectilesoutside o beyond the range of the missiles

    b) ( excepto) apart from

    fuera de eso, me encuentro bien — apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine

    fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out; fuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualified; su película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competition; fuera de cuentas (Esp) overdue; fuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law; fuera de lugar <mueble/persona> out of place; < comentario> inappropriate, out of place; fuera de peligro out of danger; fuera de serie <jugador/cantante> exceptional, outstanding; fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself; fuera de temporada or estación — out of season

    II
    fuéramos, etc see ir, ser
    * * *
    Ex. As expected, bats avoided obstacles while flying through vegetation and intercepted flying prey in the open.
    ----
    * bebida de fuera = outside drink.
    * caer fuera de = fall outside, lie beyond.
    * caer fuera del alcance de = fall outside + the scope of.
    * caer fuera de las responsabilidades de = be on the outer fringes of.
    * caer fuera del interés de = lie outside + the scope of.
    * caer fuera del interés de uno = fall outside + Posesivo + interest.
    * caer fuera del objetivo de = fall outside + the scope of.
    * circunstancias que están fuera de + Posesivo + control = circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.
    * comer fuera = eat out.
    * comida de fuera = outside food.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.
    * de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.
    * dentro y fuera de = in and out of.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fura de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * fuera de = outside (of), outwith.
    * fuera de alcance = beyond reach, out of range.
    * fuera de circulación = out of circulation.
    * fuera de clase = out-of-class.
    * fuera de cobertura = out of range.
    * fuera de control = out-of-control, haywire.
    * fuera de juego = offside.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * fuera del alcance = out of reach.
    * fuera del alcance de = beyond the scope of.
    * fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.
    * fuera del alcance del oído = out of earshot.
    * fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.
    * fuera de la universidad = off-campus.
    * fuera de la vista = out of view.
    * fuera del campus = off-campus.
    * fuera del control de = beyond the control of.
    * fuera del escenario = off stage.
    * fuera del horario normal = out of hours, at odd times.
    * fuera de línea = offline [off-line].
    * fuera del matrimonio = out of wedlock.
    * fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.
    * fuera de lo normal = abnormally + Adjetivo, with a difference, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * fuera del redil = beyond the pale.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, without + Lugar, uncalled-for.
    * fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.
    * fuera de peligro = out of the woods, out of harm's way.
    * fuera de plazo = late.
    * fuera de + Posesivo + competencia = outside + Posesivo + jurisdiction.
    * fuera de + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * fuera de quicio = pissed off, out of + Posesivo + mind, out of + Posesivo + senses.
    * fuera de rumbo = off course.
    * fuera de secuencia = out of range.
    * fuera de serie = crackerjack.
    * fuera de servicio = off-duty, decomissioned, out of commission.
    * fuera de temporada = off-season, out of season.
    * fuera de tino = wide of the mark.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * gol fuera de juego = offside goal.
    * hacia dentro y hacia fuera = Verbo + in and out.
    * hacia fuera = outwards.
    * impresión fuera de línea = offline print.
    * mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mina fuera de ruta = roadside bomb.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * pitar fuera de juego = judge + offside.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * proyectar hacia fuera = project + outward.
    * salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * tarifa por inscripción fuera de plazo = late registration fee.
    * tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.
    * trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (lugar, parte) [Latin American Spanish also uses afuera in this sense] outside

    comeremos fuera — ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside; ( en un restaurante) we'll eat out

    b) ( en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away

    los de fuera — ( los extranjeros) foreigners; (los de otros pueblos, ciudades, etc) outsiders

    2)

    fuera de — (loc prep)

    a) (en el exterior de, más allá de) out of

    fuera del alcance de los proyectilesoutside o beyond the range of the missiles

    b) ( excepto) apart from

    fuera de eso, me encuentro bien — apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine

    fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out; fuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualified; su película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competition; fuera de cuentas (Esp) overdue; fuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law; fuera de lugar <mueble/persona> out of place; < comentario> inappropriate, out of place; fuera de peligro out of danger; fuera de serie <jugador/cantante> exceptional, outstanding; fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself; fuera de temporada or estación — out of season

    II
    fuéramos, etc see ir, ser
    * * *
    fuera(de)
    = outside (of), outwith

    Ex: This degree of standardisation is not the pattern outside of this specific area of application.

    Ex: Researchers outwith the higher education system consider research library information services inadequate.

    Ex: As expected, bats avoided obstacles while flying through vegetation and intercepted flying prey in the open.

    * bebida de fuera = outside drink.
    * caer fuera de = fall outside, lie beyond.
    * caer fuera del alcance de = fall outside + the scope of.
    * caer fuera de las responsabilidades de = be on the outer fringes of.
    * caer fuera del interés de = lie outside + the scope of.
    * caer fuera del interés de uno = fall outside + Posesivo + interest.
    * caer fuera del objetivo de = fall outside + the scope of.
    * circunstancias que están fuera de + Posesivo + control = circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocar fuera de alcance = place + out of reach.
    * comer fuera = eat out.
    * comida de fuera = outside food.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.
    * de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.
    * dentro y fuera de = in and out of.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * estado del ordenador en fuera de línea = offlineness.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fura de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * fuera de = outside (of), outwith.
    * fuera de alcance = beyond reach, out of range.
    * fuera de circulación = out of circulation.
    * fuera de clase = out-of-class.
    * fuera de cobertura = out of range.
    * fuera de control = out-of-control, haywire.
    * fuera de juego = offside.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * fuera del alcance = out of reach.
    * fuera del alcance de = beyond the scope of.
    * fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.
    * fuera del alcance del oído = out of earshot.
    * fuera de las normas comúnmente aceptadas = beyond the pale.
    * fuera de la universidad = off-campus.
    * fuera de la vista = out of view.
    * fuera del campus = off-campus.
    * fuera del control de = beyond the control of.
    * fuera del escenario = off stage.
    * fuera del horario normal = out of hours, at odd times.
    * fuera de línea = offline [off-line].
    * fuera del matrimonio = out of wedlock.
    * fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.
    * fuera de lo normal = abnormally + Adjetivo, with a difference, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * fuera del redil = beyond the pale.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, without + Lugar, uncalled-for.
    * fuera de onda con los tiempos modernos = out of keeping with the times, out of tune with the times.
    * fuera de peligro = out of the woods, out of harm's way.
    * fuera de plazo = late.
    * fuera de + Posesivo + competencia = outside + Posesivo + jurisdiction.
    * fuera de + Posesivo + control = beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * fuera de quicio = pissed off, out of + Posesivo + mind, out of + Posesivo + senses.
    * fuera de rumbo = off course.
    * fuera de secuencia = out of range.
    * fuera de serie = crackerjack.
    * fuera de servicio = off-duty, decomissioned, out of commission.
    * fuera de temporada = off-season, out of season.
    * fuera de tino = wide of the mark.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * gol fuera de juego = offside goal.
    * hacia dentro y hacia fuera = Verbo + in and out.
    * hacia fuera = outwards.
    * impresión fuera de línea = offline print.
    * mantener Algo fuera de peligro = keep + Nombre + out of harm's way.
    * mina fuera de ruta = roadside bomb.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * pitar fuera de juego = judge + offside.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * proyectar hacia fuera = project + outward.
    * salir fuera = be out and about, get out and about.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * tarifa por inscripción fuera de plazo = late registration fee.
    * tiempo fuera de servicio = downtime.
    * trabajar a horas fuera de lo normal = work + unsocial hours.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.

    * * *
    A
    el perro duerme fuera the dog sleeps outside
    aquí fuera se está muy bien it's very nice out here
    comeremos fuera (en el jardín) we'll eat out in the garden o outside o outdoors; (en un restaurante) we'll eat out
    queremos pintar la casa por fuera we want to paint the outside o the exterior of the house
    por fuera es rojo it's red on the outside
    cose/lava para fuera she does sewing for other people/takes in washing
    2 (en el extranjero) abroad, out of the country; (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away
    los de fuera (los extranjeros) foreigners; (los de otros pueblos, ciudades, etc) outsiders
    3
    (en interjecciones): ¡fuera de aquí! get out of here!, get out!
    ¡fuera los traidores! traitors out!
    ¡fuera cuentos! ¡a la escuela! ( Esp); no more excuses o that's enough of your excuses, off to school with you!
    en sus marcas, listos, ¡fuera! ( Méx); on your marks, get set, go!
    B
    1
    (en el exterior de, más allá de): ¿quién dejó el helado fuera del congelador? who left the ice cream out of the freezer?
    pasa mucho tiempo fuera del país he spends a lot of time out of the country o abroad
    ocurrió fuera del edificio it happened outside the building
    el precio está fuera de mi alcance it's out of my price range
    ponlo fuera del alcance de los niños put it out of reach of the children, put it out of the children's reach
    fuera del alcance de los proyectiles outside o beyond the range of the missiles
    2 (excepto) apart from
    fuera de estos zapatos, no me he comprado nada I haven't bought myself anything, apart from o except for these shoes
    fuera de eso, me encuentro bien apart from that o otherwise o ( AmE) aside from that, I feel fine
    3
    (además): fuera de que su padre tampoco se lo permitiría besides which o apart from which her father wouldn't allow it anyway
    fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate ( Dep) he knocked him out
    tras el escándalo quedó fuera de combate after the scandal he was out of the running, the scandal knocked o put him out of the running
    fuera de concurso: quedó fuera de concurso he was disqualified
    su película se presentó fuera de concurso his movie was shown outside the competition
    fuera de la ley: vivían fuera de la ley they lived outside the law o as outlaws
    fuera de lugar ‹mueble/persona› out of place;
    ‹comentario› inappropriate, out of place
    estuvo totalmente fuera de lugar que lo interrumpieras así it was completely out of order to interrupt him like that
    fuera de peligro out of danger
    fuera de serie ‹jugador/cantante› exceptional, outstanding;
    ‹máquina/mueble› custom-built, one-off
    un verano fuera de serie an exceptionally good summer
    fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself
    fuera de temporada or estación out of season
    Compuestos:
    masculine (pl fuera de borda) (lancha) outboard, boat with an outboard motor o engine; (motor) outboard motor o engine, outboard
    masculine offside
    estaba en fuera de juego he was offside
    su nuevo chef es un fuera de serie their new chef is exceptionally good o is quite exceptional o is outstanding
    fuera2, fuéramos, etc
    ir, ser1 (↑ ser (1))
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ir: ( conjugate ir)

    fuera es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo

    Del verbo ser: ( conjugate ser)

    fuera es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto(1) subjuntivo

    Multiple Entries:
    fuera    
    ir    
    ser
    fuera adverbio
    1
    a) (lugar, parte) Latin American Spanish also uses

    afuera in this sense outside;

    comeremos fuera ( en el jardín) we'll eat outside;

    ( en un restaurante) we'll eat out;

    aquí fuera se está muy bien it's very nice out here;
    se pasa el día fuera she's out all day

    (del lugar de trabajo, de la ciudad, etc) away
    2

    a) (en el exterior de, más allá de) out of;


    ocurrió fuera del edificio it happened outside the building;
    fuera de peligro/lugar out of danger/place;
    ¡fuera (de aquí)! get out (of here)!

    fuera de eso, me encuentro bien apart o (AmE) aside from that, I feel fine

    3 ( en otras locs):
    fuera de combate: lo dejó fuera de combate (Dep) he knocked him out;

    fuera de serie ‹jugador/cantante exceptional, outstanding;
    fuera de sí: estaba fuera de sí he was beside himself;
    fuera de temporada out of season
    ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;


    iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
    fuera por mar to go by sea;
    ¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
    el fuera y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
    vamos a casa let's go home;
    ¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
    fuera de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
    ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
    ¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
    fuera por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
    voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread


    ya va al colegio she's already at school
    2 ( expresando propósito) fuera a + inf:
    ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

    ve a ayudarla go and help her;
    ver tb fuera v aux 1
    3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
    tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

    tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
    4 [ comentario]:

    eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
    1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):

    ¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
    íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
    vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
    yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
    2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):

    voy a fuera de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
    iba de verde she was dressed in green
    3 ( en calidad de) fuera de algo to go (along) as sth;

    1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) fuera a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
    2 (extenderse, abarcar):

    el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
    1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
    ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

    va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
    ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
    me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
    ¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
    ¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
    2 ( en competiciones):
    ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score?3-1;

    voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
    3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
    ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

    ¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
    4 ( estar en camino):
    ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

    va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
    ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    5 (sumar, hacer):

    con este van seis six, counting this one
    6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
    1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
    ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

    ¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished?you must be joking!;
    ¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset?not at all!;
    vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the planeno way!
    2
    a) ( combinar) fuera con algo to go with sth

    b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):


    te fueraá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
    3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) fuerale a algo/algn to support sth/sb;

    1
    vamos

    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

    ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

    vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

    ¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
    c) (al aclarar, resumir):

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
    es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
    2
    vaya

    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

    ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

    ¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

    ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

    fuera v aux fuera a + inf:
    1
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;


    va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

    bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
    2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
    3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):

    ya puedes fuera haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
    la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
    irse verbo pronominal
    1 ( marcharse) to leave;
    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

    vámonos let's go;
    bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
    no te vayas don't go;
    vete a la cama go to bed;
    se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
    vete de aquí get out of here;
    se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
    2 (consumirse, gastarse):
    ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

    se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
    3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;


    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

    4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
    se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

    5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
    fuerase de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

    me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
    frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
    ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
    1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
    ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

    es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
    es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
    era cierto it was true;
    sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
    que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

    (+ me/te/le etc)

    ver tb imposible, difícil etc
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    es viuda she's a widow;
    ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
    3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;

    ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
    4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):

    soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
    es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
    no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
    5 (hipótesis, futuro):

    ¿será cierto? can it be true?
    verbo intransitivo
    1

    b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

    érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

    2
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):


    ¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?

    ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

    ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
    ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
    3 ( sumar):
    ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

    son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
    somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
    4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) fuera para algo to be for sth;

    ( en locs)
    a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

    ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
    como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
    hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
    el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
    puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
    de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
    ¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
    es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
    es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
    lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
    estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
    o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
    o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
    o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
    (ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
    sea como sea at all costs;
    sea cuando sea whenever it is;
    sea donde sea no matter where;
    sea quien sea whoever it is;
    si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
    ( en el tiempo) to be;
    ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

    serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
    ver tb v impers
    fuera v impers to be;

    fuera v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
    fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( ente) being;

    fuera humano/vivo human/living being

    b) (individuo, persona):


    2 ( naturaleza):

    fuera adverbio
    1 (en/hacia la parte exterior) outside, out: fuera hacía mucho calor, it was hot outside
    salgamos fuera, let's go out
    2 (no en el lugar habitual) out, away: comeremos fuera, we'll go out for lunch
    está fuera, she's away
    3 Dep fuera de juego, offside
    nuestro equipo juega fuera, our team is playing away
    ganaron los de fuera, the away team won
    4 (sobrepasando límites prescritos) after
    fuera de alcance, out of reach
    fuera de horario, after hours
    fuera de plazo, after the deadline
    (más allá) beyond, out of
    fuera de mis posiblidades, beyond my means
    fuera de peligro, out of danger
    ♦ Locuciones: estar fuera de sí, to be beside oneself
    fuera de serie, extraordinary
    ir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
    voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
    2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
    van a misa, they go to church
    3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
    esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
    4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
    las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
    5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
    6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
    7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
    vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
    8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
    ¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
    9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
    10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
    11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
    12 (vestir) to wear
    ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
    ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
    la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
    13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
    ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
    14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
    15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
    ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
    (tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
    16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
    17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
    (ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
    (haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
    18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
    ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
    (encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
    este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
    II verbo auxiliar
    1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
    ir caminando, to go on foot
    2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
    3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
    va a esquiar, she goes skiing
    va a nevar, it's going to snow
    vas a caerte, you'll fall
    ♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
    ¡ahí va!, catch!
    en lo que va de año, so far this year
    ¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
    ¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
    van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
    ¡vaya!, fancy that
    ¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
    ir a parar, to end up
    ser
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
    ser humano, human being
    ser vivo, living being
    2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
    2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
    ya es la una, it's one o'clock
    3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
    (al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
    son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
    Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
    4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
    5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
    6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
    es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
    7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
    es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
    8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
    ¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
    9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
    10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
    11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
    12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
    13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
    (adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
    esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
    15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
    es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
    no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
    16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
    17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
    ♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
    como sea, anyhow
    de no ser por..., had it not been for
    es más, furthermore
    es que..., it's just that...
    lo que sea, whatever
    o sea, that is (to say)
    sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
    ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
    ' fuera' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alcance
    - balón
    - biruji
    - borda
    - combate
    - convencer
    - dejar
    - desencajada
    - desencajado
    - desentonar
    - desleal
    - desplazada
    - desplazado
    - destiempo
    - duda
    - espuela
    - extemporánea
    - extemporáneo
    - exterior
    - extraescolar
    - fenomenal
    - haber
    - juego
    - lengua
    - lógica
    - lugar
    - mayoría
    - necesaria
    - necesario
    - onda
    - plazo
    - proscrita
    - proscrito
    - quicio
    - revés
    - salir
    - serie
    - servicio
    - tono
    - única
    - único
    - afuera
    - anhelar
    - cena
    - comer
    - común
    - cual
    - desnivelado
    - esperar
    - lancha
    English:
    add to
    - amok
    - annul
    - around-the clock
    - away
    - beside
    - beyond
    - boot
    - bound
    - busing
    - care
    - catapult
    - chase away
    - clear
    - commission
    - control
    - danger
    - dine
    - distraught
    - dome
    - eat out
    - ex
    - exclude
    - farm out
    - go out
    - hand
    - here
    - house-sit
    - lest
    - look out
    - meal
    - misplaced
    - off-duty
    - off-limits
    - off-piste
    - off-screen
    - offside
    - one-off
    - ordinary
    - original
    - out
    - out of
    - out-of-bounds
    - outdoors
    - outside
    - outward
    - outwards
    - piste
    - place
    - play
    * * *
    1. ver ir
    2. ver ser
    adv
    1. [en el exterior] outside;
    hace frío fuera it's cold outside;
    lo echó fuera she threw him out;
    salen mucho a comer fuera they eat out a lot;
    fuera de la casa outside the house;
    el ruido viene de fuera the noise is coming from outside;
    hacia fuera outwards;
    sólo vimos la catedral por fuera we only saw the cathedral from the outside;
    llevas la camisa por fuera your shirt isn't tucked in properly;
    por fuera es de color amarillo it's yellow on the outside
    2. [en otro lugar] away;
    [en el extranjero] abroad;
    de fuera [extranjero] from abroad;
    Marta está fuera [de viaje] Marta is away;
    [ha salido] Marta is out;
    a los de fuera les sorprenden mucho las costumbres locales people who aren't from round here o strangers find the local customs very strange
    3.
    fuera de [alcance, peligro] out of;
    [cálculos, competencia] outside;
    estar fuera de sí to be beside oneself (with rage);
    ese comentario está fuera de lugar that remark is out of place;
    fuera de plazo after the closing date;
    fuera de la ley illegal;
    fuera de control out of control;
    presentó su película fuera de concurso his film was shown, but not judged as part of the competition
    4. Dep [de límites]
    la pelota salió fuera the ball went out (of play)
    fuera de banda out of play;
    fuera de combate knocked out;
    Fig out of action;
    fuera de juego offside;
    estar en fuera de juego to be offside;
    Esp Am fuera de lugar offside; Am
    5. Dep [en campo ajeno] away;
    jugar fuera to play away (from home);
    el equipo de fuera the away team
    6.
    fuera de [excepto] except for, apart from;
    fuera de eso, he cumplido todos tus caprichos apart from that, I've done everything you wanted me to;
    fuera de bromas, ¿has fijado ya una fecha para la boda? seriously though o joking apart, have you set a date for the wedding yet?;
    fuera de serie exceptional, out of the ordinary;
    ser un fuera de serie to be one of a kind
    interj
    [de habitación, lugar] get out!; [en el teatro] get off!;
    ¡fuera, fuera, fuera! [cántico] off!, off!, off!;
    ¡fuera los políticos corruptos! out with all corrupt politicians!;
    ¡fuera de aquí! get out of my sight!
    * * *
    I vbir, ser
    II adv outside; (en otro lugar) away; (en otro país) abroad;
    por fuera on the outside;
    de fuera de otro departamento, cuerpo de policía etc from outside, outside atr ; de otro lugar strange; persona stranger; de otro país foreign; persona foreigner;
    ¡fuera! get out!
    III prp
    :
    fuera de outside;
    ¡sal fuera de aquí! get out of here!;
    está fuera del país he’s abroad, he’s out of the country;
    fuera de eso aside from that, apart from that;
    estar fuera de sí be beside o.s.
    * * *
    fuera adv
    1) : outside, out
    2) : abroad, away
    3)
    fuera de : outside of, out of, beyond
    4)
    fuera de : besides, in addition to
    fuera de eso: aside from that
    5)
    fuera de lugar : out of place, amiss
    * * *
    fuera1 adv
    1. (en el exterior) outside
    2. (no en casa, no en su sitio) out
    ¿quién ha dejado la leche fuera de la nevera? who left the milk out of the fridge?
    4. (del país) abroad
    fuera2 interj
    2. (para protestar) off! / out!

    Spanish-English dictionary > fuera

  • 15 quedar

    v.
    1 to be left, to remain.
    ¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?
    nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left
    ¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?
    quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race
    quedar por hacer to remain to be done
    queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned
    Algo queda Something is left, something remains.
    Queda un solo carro There is only one car.
    Eso queda lejos This is far away.
    2 to remain, to stay.
    el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage
    ¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!
    3 to look.
    te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short
    quedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebody
    quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something
    queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts
    ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    5 to keep on, to keep.
    Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.
    6 to fit.
    Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).
    Queda bien It fits well.
    7 to be left with, to have left, to have.
    Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.
    8 to get, to become.
    Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.
    El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.
    9 to leave.
    Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.
    10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.
    Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.
    11 to be still pending to.
    Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.
    12 to be left to be done.
    13 to be for.
    Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.
    14 to make an appointment.
    * * *
    1 (permanecer) to remain, stay
    3 (cita) to arrange to meet
    5 (favorecer) to look, fit
    ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?
    ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    7 (restar) to be left, remain
    8 (faltar) to be, be still
    9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to
    10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle
    la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade
    11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain
    1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be
    2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain
    4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop
    \
    ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left
    ¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?
    no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact
    'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."
    quedar a deber algo to owe something
    quedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impression
    quedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impression
    quedarse atrás figurado to be left behind
    quedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody on
    quedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunned
    quedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without something
    quedarse en blanco to go blank
    quedarse sin algo to run out of something
    quedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelid
    quedar en nada to come to nothing
    * * *
    verb
    2) fit, suit
    4) suit
    - quedarse
    * * *
    Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando lugar] to be

    ¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?

    2) [indicando posición]

    quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race

    3) [indicando resultado]
    a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]

    quedar [ciego] — to go blind

    quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned

    quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wife

    b)

    quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?

    c)

    quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless

    la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds

    4) [en el trato, al hablar]

    quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression

    quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions

    quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sth

    aunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault

    quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a fool

    quería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up

    5) (=permanecer) to stay

    quedo a la espera de sus noticias[en carta] I look forward to hearing from you

    6) (=haber todavía) to be left

    ¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?

    de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle

    se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain

    si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6

    quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?

    quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sth

    no tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him

    quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away

    quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill

    no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)

    que no quede —

    por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could

    7) (Educ) [asignatura]
    8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit

    ¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?

    no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here

    9)

    quedar [en] (=acordar)

    ¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?

    quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth

    quedar en [que] — to agree that

    ¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?

    10) (=citarse) to arrange to meet

    habíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up

    ¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?

    ¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?

    quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb

    ¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (en un estado, una situación)

    quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

    quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

    ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

    si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

    quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

    ¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

    quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

    quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

    quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

    4) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) tamaño/talla

    me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

    la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

    b) ( sentar)

    el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

    5)
    a) (acordar, convenir)

    quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

    b) ( citarse)

    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

    6) ( estar situado) to be

    queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

    7) (en 3a pers)

    ¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

    sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

    ¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

    b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)
    8) ( faltar)

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you

    2.
    1) quedarse v pron
    2)
    a) ( en un lugar) to stay

    quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

    se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

    ¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

    se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

    de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) (fam) ( memorizar)
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)
    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)
    4)

    quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

    * * *
    = remain.
    Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.
    ----
    * aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.
    * mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.
    * mientras queden = while stocks last.
    * Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.
    * no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * quedar atrapado = get + caught.
    * quedar constatado = go on + record.
    * quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.
    * quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.
    * quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.
    * quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.
    * quedar exempto de = discharge from.
    * quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.
    * quedar igual = remain + the same.
    * quedar impactado = be impressed.
    * quedar impresionado = be impressed.
    * quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.
    * quedar inpune = go + unpunished.
    * quedar libre = become + vacant.
    * quedar mal = lose + face.
    * quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.
    * quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.
    * quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.
    * quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * quedar registrado = go on + record.
    * quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.
    * quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse al margen = stand by.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse anticuado = date.
    * quedarse arriba = sit on + top.
    * quedarse atascado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.
    * quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.
    * quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse con = pocket, cream off.
    * quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.
    * quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.
    * quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.
    * quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse en = stick at.
    * quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.
    * quedarse encallado = be stranded.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.
    * quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.
    * quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.
    * quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.
    * quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.
    * quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.
    * quedarse estancado = stagnate.
    * quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedar segundo = come off + second-best.
    * quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse huérfano = orphan.
    * quedarse igual = be none the wiser.
    * quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.
    * quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.
    * quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.
    * quedarse levantado = stay up.
    * quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.
    * quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse pasmado = stun.
    * quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.
    * quedarse pequeño = overflow.
    * quedarse prendado = smite.
    * quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.
    * quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.
    * quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.
    * quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.
    * quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.
    * quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.
    * quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.
    * quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tirado = be stranded.
    * quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.
    * quedarse viudo = widow.
    * quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar vacante = become + vacant.
    * quedar vacío = empty.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que queda = surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.
    * siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * si queda tiempo = time permitting.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (en un estado, una situación)

    quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

    quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

    ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

    si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

    quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

    ¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

    quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

    quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

    quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

    4) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) tamaño/talla

    me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

    la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

    b) ( sentar)

    el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

    5)
    a) (acordar, convenir)

    quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

    b) ( citarse)

    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

    6) ( estar situado) to be

    queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

    7) (en 3a pers)

    ¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

    sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

    ¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

    b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)
    8) ( faltar)

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you

    2.
    1) quedarse v pron
    2)
    a) ( en un lugar) to stay

    quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

    se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

    ¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

    se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

    de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) (fam) ( memorizar)
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)
    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)
    4)

    quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

    * * *

    Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

    * aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.
    * mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.
    * mientras queden = while stocks last.
    * Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.
    * no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * quedar atrapado = get + caught.
    * quedar constatado = go on + record.
    * quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.
    * quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.
    * quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.
    * quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.
    * quedar exempto de = discharge from.
    * quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.
    * quedar igual = remain + the same.
    * quedar impactado = be impressed.
    * quedar impresionado = be impressed.
    * quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.
    * quedar inpune = go + unpunished.
    * quedar libre = become + vacant.
    * quedar mal = lose + face.
    * quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.
    * quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.
    * quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.
    * quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * quedar registrado = go on + record.
    * quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.
    * quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse al margen = stand by.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse anticuado = date.
    * quedarse arriba = sit on + top.
    * quedarse atascado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.
    * quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.
    * quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse con = pocket, cream off.
    * quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.
    * quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.
    * quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.
    * quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse en = stick at.
    * quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.
    * quedarse encallado = be stranded.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.
    * quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.
    * quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.
    * quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.
    * quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.
    * quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.
    * quedarse estancado = stagnate.
    * quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedar segundo = come off + second-best.
    * quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse huérfano = orphan.
    * quedarse igual = be none the wiser.
    * quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.
    * quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.
    * quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.
    * quedarse levantado = stay up.
    * quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.
    * quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse pasmado = stun.
    * quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.
    * quedarse pequeño = overflow.
    * quedarse prendado = smite.
    * quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.
    * quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.
    * quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.
    * quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.
    * quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.
    * quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.
    * quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.
    * quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tirado = be stranded.
    * quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.
    * quedarse viudo = widow.
    * quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar vacante = become + vacant.
    * quedar vacío = empty.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que queda = surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.
    * siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * si queda tiempo = time permitting.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.

    * * *
    quedar [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    (en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very young
    quedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years old
    tuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzed
    cientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitute
    las calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left deserted
    el sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flat
    el coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)
    algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badly
    ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted white
    ha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …
    y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear
    ¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?
    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?
    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?
    (+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him again
    el postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was delicious
    ¿quién la queda? (Ur) (en juegos) who's `it'? ( colloq)
    B
    (en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't go
    quedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delighted
    me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that
    se emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us all
    quedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
    quedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn up
    no se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybody
    los invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*
    C
    (permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home
    ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?
    le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar
    lo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come out
    esto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like this
    quedamos a la espera de su notificación ( frml); we await your notification ( frml)
    quedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)
    le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 euros
    quedar EN algo:
    todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stage
    todos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothing
    quedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behind
    hemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge now
    D (+ me/te/le etc)
    1
    «tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for me
    la talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
    2
    (sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blue
    ese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like that
    ese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dress
    A (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:
    quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house
    ¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?
    ¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?
    ¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?
    quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:
    quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything
    quedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at nine
    quedar EN QUE:
    quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it up
    B
    (citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael
    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?
    quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friends
    queda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station
    (+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)
    A
    1
    (haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee left
    no quedan entradas there are no tickets left
    sólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain
    (+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative
    ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?
    ¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?
    me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)
    no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to go
    ya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any more
    me queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty
    2 (sobrar) to be left, be left over
    me comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunch
    el vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next party
    B
    1
    (faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class
    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?
    (+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do
    ¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!
    2 quedar POR + INF:
    quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seen
    aún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid
    (+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do
    no me/le queda otra ( AmL fam); I have/he has no choice
    por … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try
    hazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you
    A
    1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    te estás quedando calvo you're going bald
    se quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years old
    cuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonely
    me quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told me
    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of it
    me quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa
    embarazada1 (↑ embarazada (1))
    2
    quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?
    me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessert
    se ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her job
    me quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened
    3
    ( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you now
    la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them
    4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind
    B
    1
    (permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay single
    no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the house
    no te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!
    nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chatting
    se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
    la escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memory
    iba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacher
    se quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating table
    de repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me
    2 (en un lugar) to stay
    quédate aquí stay here
    me quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his house
    nos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friends
    se tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another week
    se quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all day
    A ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep
    quédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another one
    quedarse CON algo:
    quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you want
    se quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book back
    entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife
    si me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)
    quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)
    B
    ( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his leg
    se le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks
    * * *

     

    quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
    1 (en un estado, una situación):
    quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;

    quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
    el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
    y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
    ¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
    2 ( en la opinión de los demás):
    si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;

    lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
    quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
    me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
    nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
    quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;

    ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
    3 ( permanecer):
    ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;

    le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
    esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
    nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
    quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;

    [rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
    4 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) [tamaño/talla]:


    la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
    b) ( sentar):

    el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit her

    a) (acordar, convenir):

    ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;

    ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
    quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
    quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine
    b) ( citarse):

    ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;

    quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
    ( estar situado) to be;

    me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
    (en 3a pers)
    1

    ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;

    ¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
    solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
    no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
    b) ( sobrar) [comida/vino] to be left (over)

    2 ( faltar):

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
    todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
    queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
    aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
    no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
    quedarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (en un lugar, país) to stay;


    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):


    quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
    quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( permanecer):


    no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
    no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
    nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
    se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
    de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse):


    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):


    cambio/lápiz to keep;

    me quedo con este I'll take this one
    quedar verbo intransitivo
    1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
    (un objeto) to look nice
    quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
    2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
    3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
    4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
    5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
    6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
    7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
    ' quedar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    betún
    - cumplir
    - descolgarse
    - embarazarse
    - enmudecer
    - estar
    - lucirse
    - restar
    - sobrar
    - sopa
    - venir
    - aire
    - aislado
    - anillo
    - bailar
    - calle
    - constar
    - descubierto
    - desmano
    - enganchar
    - faltar
    - lejísimos
    - manifiesto
    - mano
    - rezagado
    - tabla
    English:
    air
    - appal
    - appall
    - arrange
    - date
    - egg
    - fit
    - flu
    - gasp
    - go
    - leave
    - lie
    - long
    - meet
    - one-upmanship
    - remain
    - rest
    - side
    - smoke
    - stand
    - stand about
    - stand around
    - agree
    - alternatively
    - catch
    - come
    - get
    - keep
    - narrow
    - out
    - over
    - place
    - remand
    - runner
    - scar
    - scot-free
    - show
    - strand
    - unpunished
    - water
    - widow
    * * *
    vi
    1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;
    nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;
    los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;
    no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;
    Andes, RP
    en el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;
    quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;
    todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;
    el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;
    ¡esto no puede o [m5] no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!;
    todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now
    2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;
    ¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;
    no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;
    no nos queda leche we're out of milk;
    queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;
    queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;
    nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;
    lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;
    no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;
    me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;
    Am
    no queda otra there's nothing else for it;
    voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it
    3. [faltar]
    ¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;
    quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;
    queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;
    queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;
    me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;
    sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;
    quedar por hacer to remain to be done;
    queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;
    nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit
    4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]
    quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);
    le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;
    quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;
    voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;
    no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;
    quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;
    quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupid
    5. [resultar]
    el trabajo ha quedado perfecto the job turned out perfectly;
    el cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;
    el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;
    quedar claro to be clear;
    no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;
    quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;
    quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;
    quedar en nada to come to nothing;
    RP Fam
    quedamos en veremos we left it open
    6. [sentar]
    te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short;
    esta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;
    ¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;
    esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;
    ¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;
    quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;
    Méx
    este pantalón no me queda these Br trousers o US pants don't suit me;
    Méx
    esas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room
    7. [citarse]
    quedar (con alguien) to arrange to meet (sb);
    ¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;
    hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;
    he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan
    8. [acordar]
    quedar en algo to agree on sth;
    quedar en o Am [m5] de hacer algo to agree to do sth;
    ¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;
    quedar en que… to agree that…;
    quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;
    ¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?
    9. [estar situado] to be;
    queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;
    ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    10. [asignatura]
    me queda el inglés de primero I still haven't passed first-year English;
    ¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?
    vt
    RP Fam
    quedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;
    ¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?
    v impersonal
    por mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;
    que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;
    por probar que no quede we should at least try it
    * * *
    v/i
    1 ( permanecer) stay;
    esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;
    quedar cerca be nearby
    2 en un estado be;
    quedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;
    ¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;
    queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done
    3 ( sentar)
    :
    te queda bien/mal de estilo it suits you/doesn’t suit you; de talla it fits you/doesn’t fit you
    4 ( sobrar) be left;
    ¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;
    no queda nada de tiempo time’s almost up; distancia it’s not far now
    :
    quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;
    ¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?
    6 ( acordar)
    :
    quedar en algo agree to sth;
    ¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?
    7
    :
    por mí que no quede it’s fine by me
    * * *
    quedar vi
    1) permanecer: to remain, to stay
    2) : to be
    quedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements
    3) : to be situated
    queda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away
    4) : to be left
    quedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left
    5) : to fit, to suit
    estos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit
    6)
    quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)
    7)
    quedar en : to agree, to arrange
    ¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?
    * * *
    quedar vb
    1. (haber) to be left
    ¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?
    2. (permanecer) to remain
    3. (tener) to have left
    4. (faltar) to have to do
    5. (distancia, tiempo)
    6. (resultar) to be
    7. (estar) to be
    ¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?
    8. (citarse) to meet [pt. & pp. met]
    ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?
    10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit

    Spanish-English dictionary > quedar

  • 16 haber

    m.
    1 assets (bienes).
    2 credit (side).
    v.
    1 to have.
    lo he/había hecho I have/had done it
    los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten
    2 to be, to exist, to be some.
    Hay carros There are cars.
    Hay There are
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    he, has, ha, hemos, habéis, han.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    había, habías, había, habíamos, habíais, habían.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    he (tú), haya (él/Vd.), hayamos (nos.), habed (vos.), hayan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    - hay
    * * *
    1. V AUX
    1) [en tiempos compuestos] to have

    he comidoI have o I've eaten

    había ido al cinehe had gone o he'd gone to the cinema

    ¡haberlo dicho! — you should have said!

    ¡hubieran visto la casa! — esp LAm * you should have seen the house!

    pero, ¿habráse visto (cosa igual)? — well, have you ever seen anything like it?

    de haberlo sabido — if I had known, if I'd known

    2)

    haber de

    a) [indicando obligación]

    he de hacerlo — I have to do it, I must do it

    has de saber que... — you should know that...

    ¿qué he de hacer? — what am I to do?

    los has de ver LAm you'll see them

    b) [indicando suposición]

    ha de llegar hoy esp LAm he should get here today

    has de estar equivocado esp LAm you must be mistaken

    2. V IMPERS
    1)

    hay[con sustantivo en singular] there is; [con sustantivo en plural] there are

    ¿habrá tiempo? — will there be time?

    lo que hay es que... — it's like this..., the thing is...

    hay sol — the sun is shining, it's sunny

    habían muchas personas LAm there were many people there

    ¿ cuánto hay de aquí a Cuzco? — how far is it from here to Cuzco?

    los hay excelentes — some are excellent

    oportunistas los hay en todas partes — you'll find opportunists everywhere, there are always opportunists, wherever you go

    no hay, no hay nada mejor que... — there's nothing better than...

    no hay más que hablar — there's no more to be said, there's nothing more to say

    ¡aquí no hay quien duerma! — it's impossible to get any sleep round here!

    ¡no hay de qué! — don't mention it!, not at all!

    ¿ qué hay? — (=¿qué pasa?) what's up?; (=¿qué tal?) how's it going?, how are things?

    ¡qué hubo! — Chile, Méx, Ven * how's it going?, how are things?

    como hay pocos, donde los haya —

    un amigo como hay pocos o donde los haya — a friend in a million

    de lo que no hay —

    ¡eres de lo que no hay! — you're unbelievable!

    si los hay —

    2) (Com)

    "¡mejores no hay!" — "there's none better!"

    ¡hay helado! — [dicho a voces] ice cream!; [en cartel] ice cream sold

    ¿hay puros? — do you have any cigars?

    "no hay entradas o localidades" — "sold out"

    3)

    hay que, hay que trabajar — one has to work, everyone must work

    hay que trabajar más[como mandato] you must work harder

    no hay que olvidar que... — we mustn't forget that...

    no hay que tomarlo a mal — there's no reason to take it badly, you mustn't get upset about it

    ¡había que decírselo! — we'll have to tell him!

    ¡había que verlo! — you should have seen it!

    no hay más que, no hay más que leer las normas — all you have to do is read the rules

    4) [indicando tiempo]

    tres años hafrm three years ago

    años ha que no les veofrm, hum I haven't seen them for years

    3. VT
    1) (=ocurrir)

    habidos y por haber —

    2) (=tener)

    Pepe, que Dios haya en su gloria — Pepe, God rest his soul

    bien haya... — (Rel) blessed be...

    3) liter (=obtener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo auxiliar
    1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

    no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

    como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

    ¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

    de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

    2)
    a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    haber de + inf — to have to + inf

    ha de ser firmado por ambas partesit has to o must be signed by both parties

    ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

    c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!

    2.
    haber v impers
    1) (existir, estar, darse)

    hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

    ¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

    hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

    gracias - no hay de quéthank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

    hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

    es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

    ¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

    habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

    haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

    muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago

    3.
    haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

    los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)

    II
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)
    b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

    tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

    c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

    los haberes que se le adeudanmoneys o monies owed to you (frml)

    * * *
    = be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.
    Ex. This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.
    Ex. Such records come in a variety of physical forms.
    Ex. There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.
    Ex. Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.
    Ex. Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.
    Ex. This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.
    ----
    * deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.
    * debería haber = there + ought to be.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * haber decidido = be intent on.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * haberes = assets, holdings.
    * haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.
    * haber existencias = be in stock.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * haber llegado = be upon us.
    * haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.
    * haber nacido en = be a native of.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * haber quórum = be quorate.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haberse propuesto = be intent on.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.
    * haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.
    * hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.
    * no haber = be unavailable.
    * no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.
    * no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber manera de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.
    * no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.
    * no haber problemas = be fine.
    * no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.
    * no habiendo = in the absence of.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * sin haber contacto = non-contact.
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo auxiliar
    1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

    no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

    como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

    ¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

    de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

    2)
    a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    haber de + inf — to have to + inf

    ha de ser firmado por ambas partesit has to o must be signed by both parties

    ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

    c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!

    2.
    haber v impers
    1) (existir, estar, darse)

    hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

    ¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

    hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

    gracias - no hay de quéthank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

    hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

    es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

    ¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

    habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

    haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

    muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago

    3.
    haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

    los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)

    II
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)
    b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

    tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

    c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

    los haberes que se le adeudanmoneys o monies owed to you (frml)

    * * *
    = be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

    Ex: This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

    Ex: Such records come in a variety of physical forms.
    Ex: There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.
    Ex: Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.
    Ex: Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.
    Ex: This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.
    * deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.
    * debería haber = there + ought to be.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * haber decidido = be intent on.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * haberes = assets, holdings.
    * haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.
    * haber existencias = be in stock.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * haber llegado = be upon us.
    * haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.
    * haber nacido en = be a native of.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * haber quórum = be quorate.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haberse propuesto = be intent on.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.
    * haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.
    * he = I've (I have).
    * hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.
    * no haber = be unavailable.
    * no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.
    * no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber manera de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.
    * no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.
    * no haber problemas = be fine.
    * no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.
    * no habiendo = in the absence of.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * sin haber contacto = non-contact.
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

    * * *
    haber1 [ E17 ]
    A
    (en los tiempos compuestos): no han/habían llegado they haven't/hadn't arrived
    como se haya olvidado lo mato if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!
    cuando/no bien hubo terminado ( liter); when/as soon as she had finished
    ¿se habrán perdido? do you think they've o they might have got lost?
    no habrán tenido tiempo they probably haven't had time
    ¿quién hubiera pensado que llegaría tan lejos? whoever would have thought she'd get so far!
    está arrepentida — ¡(que) lo hubiera pensado antes! she says she's sorry — she should have thought about it before!
    yo también quería ir — ¡haberlo dicho! I wanted to go too — you should have said so!
    de haberlo sabido te habría avisado had I known o if I'd known, I'd have told you
    B
    1 ( frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad) haber DE + INF:
    el contrato ha de ser firmado por ambas partes the contract must be signed by both parties
    hemos de averiguar qué sucedió we have to o must find out what happened
    2 (expresando acción futura) haber DE + INF:
    ha de llegar un día en que … the day will come when …
    3 (expresando probabilidad, certeza) haber DE + INF:
    ha de ser tarde it must be late
    ya lo han de haber recibido they must have received it by now
    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? — ¡no lo he de saber! but do you know what you're saying? — of course I do!
    A
    (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you
    ha habido un cambio/varios cambios en el programa there has been a change/there have been several changes in the program
    había un cliente/tres clientes esperando there was a customer/there were three customers waiting
    ayer hubo un accidente/dos accidentes there was an accident/there were two accidents yesterday
    no quiero que haya discusiones I don't want there to be any arguments
    ¿qué van a tomar de postre? — ¿hay helado? what would you like for dessert? — do you have any ice cream?
    esta vez no hubo suerte, otra vez será we were unlucky o out of luck this time, maybe next time
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay de Mérida a Sevilla? how many kilometers are there o is it from Mérida to Seville?
    no hay día en que no tengan una discusión not a day goes by without their having an argument
    no hay como un buen descanso cuando uno se siente así there's nothing like a good rest when you're feeling like that
    no hay quien lo aguante he's absolutely unbearable
    hay quien piensa que es un error there are those who feel it's a mistake
    hubo or ( crit) hubieron varios heridos several people were injured
    habíamos sólo tres niñas ( crit); we were the only three girls, there were only three of us girls ( colloq)
    [ S ] hay leche fresca fresh milk sold o on sale here
    las hay rojas y amarillas también there are o you can get red ones and yellow ones too
    dijo que no había problemas pero los hay she said there weren't any problems but there are
    ¡no hay más que hablar! there's nothing more to be said! o that's my last word (on the subject)!
    graciasno hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o it's a pleasure o you're welcome
    no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about
    hola ¿qué hay? ( fam); hello, how are things?
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?
    es un poco largo — ¿qué hay? ¡lo acortamos! (CS fam); it's rather long — so what? we'll shorten it
    ¿qué hubo? (Col, Méx fam); how are things?
    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? what happened with Jorge and Ana?
    donde los/las haya: es listo/sinvergüenza donde los haya he's as clever/rotten as they come
    habérselas con algn/algo: como vuelva por aquí tendrá que habérselas conmigo if he comes around here again he'll have me to deal with
    habido y por haber: se conoce todos los trucos habidos y por haber she knows every trick in the book
    he leído todo lo habido y por haber sobre el tema I've read absolutely everything there is to read on the subject
    ser de lo que no hay ( fam): eres de lo que no hay, nunca más te confío un secreto you're the limit o you're unbelievable! I'm never going to tell you a secret again
    B (ser necesario) haber QUE + INF:
    va a haber que hacerlo it'll have to be done
    hay que ser más optimista you/we/they must be more optimistic
    hubo que tirar la puerta abajo we/they had to break the door down
    me dijo que había que entregarlo el lunes he told me it had to be handed in on Monday
    ¡hay que ver qué genio tiene el mocito! well, well, he has got a temper, hasn't he!
    ¡hay que ver! ¡las cosas que uno tiene que aguantar! honestly! the things one has to put up with!
    ¡había que verlo allí jugando en la nieve! you should have seen him there playing in the snow!
    no hay más que apretar el botón all you have to do is press the button
    no hay que darle muy fuerte (no es necesario) you don't need to o you don't have to hit it too hard; (no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard
    C ( liter)
    (en expresiones de tiempo): muchos años/mucho tiempo ha many years/a long time ago
    años ha que no sé nada de él I haven't heard from him for years
    vt
    habido, -da
    pp ( frml) (tenido): los hijos habidos fuera del matrimonio children born out of wedlock ( frml)
    cuatro hijos habidos de dos padres distintos four children born of two different fathers
    A (bienes) assets (pl)
    varias fincas forman parte de su haber his assets include various properties
    B (en contabilidad) credit side
    tener algo en su haber ( period): tiene en su haber varios premios literarios he has several literary prizes to his credit
    ya tiene cuatro robos en su haber he has already notched up four robberies
    (emolumentos, paga): los haberes que se le adeudan moneys o monies owed to you ( frml)
    los haberes del mes de diciembre income o earnings for the month of December
    * * *

     

    haber 1 ( conjugate haber) v aux ( en tiempos compuestos) to have;

    de haberlo sabido had I known, if I'd known;
    ¡deberías haberlo dicho! you should have said so!
    haber v impers (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you;
    ¿hay un banco por aquí? is there a bank near here?;
    hubo dos accidentes there were two accidents;
    ¿hay helado? do you have any ice cream?;
    no hay como un buen descanso there's nothing like a good rest;
    hubo varios heridos several people were injured;
    las hay rojas y verdes there are red ones and green ones;
    gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome;
    no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? (fam) what's new?;
    hola ¿qué hay? (fam) hello, how are things?;
    ¿qué hubo? (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?
    ( ser necesario) haber que + inf:
    hay que estudiar you/we/they must study;

    hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it;
    no hay que lavarlo ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to wash it;

    ( no se debe) you mustn't wash it
    haber 2 sustantivo masculino
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)


    c)

    haberes sustantivo masculino plural (frml) ( ingresos) income, earnings (pl)

    haber
    I verbo auxiliar
    1 (en tiempos compuestos) to have: espero que no lo haya hecho, I hope he hasn't done it
    lo he comido todo, I've eaten it all
    lo hubiera hecho de todos modos, she would have done it anyway
    II verbo impersonal
    1 (existir, estar, hallarse) hay, there is o are
    había, there was o were: hay poco que decir, there is little to be said
    había muchísima gente en la estación, there were a lot of people in the station
    hay cien metros de mi casa a la estación, it's a hundred metres from my home to the station
    2 (ocurrir, suceder) la guerra que hubo en el 36, the war that took place in 36
    habrá una reunión, there will be a meeting
    hoy hay fiesta en el club náutico, there's a party today in the sailing club
    los robos habidos en este barrio, the robberies which have been committed in this neighbourhood
    III ( haber de + infinitivo) (obligación) to have to: has de ser más estudioso, you must be more studious
    ( haber que + infinitivo) (conveniencia, necesidad u obligación) it is necessary to: habrá que ir, we will have to go
    habría que pintar el salón, we should paint the living room
    hay que hacerlo, you must do it
    IV nm
    1 Fin credit 2 en su haber, in his possession
    figurado in his favour
    V mpl haberes, (bienes) assets
    (salario) wages
    ♦ Locuciones: había una vez..., once upon a time...
    no hay de qué, you're welcome o don't mention it
    Hay que tener mucho cuidado al traducir este verbo, ya que el inglés diferencia entre el singular y el plural: Hay un hombre fuera. There is a man outside. Hay dos hombres fuera. There are two men outside. Había un gato en el tejado. There was a cat on the roof. Había muchos libros. There were a lot of books.
    ' haber' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abundar
    - apencar
    - comprobante
    - contrapartida
    - deber
    - dolo
    - estrechamiento
    - ir
    - gravedad
    - llevarse
    - localmente
    - parecer
    - perdón
    - pesar
    - ropa
    - satisfacción
    - sobrar
    - tirada
    - acusar
    - altura
    - con
    - encantado
    - existir
    - faltar
    - habrá
    - hay
    - he
    - hube
    - lo
    - los
    - poder
    - quedar
    - seguir
    English:
    awfully
    - be
    - catch
    - credit side
    - deny
    - doghouse
    - earth
    - have
    - hotly
    - life
    - limit
    - party
    - point-blank
    - recollect
    - regret
    - remember
    - save
    - still
    - thank
    - there
    - through
    - wish
    - achievement
    - anticipate
    - apologize
    - but
    - could
    - expect
    - further
    - likely
    - mean
    - mercy
    - might
    - must
    - name
    - otherwise
    - ought
    - over
    - report
    - should
    - sorry
    - suggest
    - will
    * * *
    v aux
    1. [en tiempos compuestos] to have;
    lo he/había hecho I have/had done it;
    los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten;
    no he estado en la India I haven't been to India;
    en el estreno ha habido mucha gente there were a lot of people at the première
    2. [expresa reproche]
    haber venido antes you could have come a bit earlier;
    ¡haberlo dicho! why didn't you say so?;
    haberme escuchado I told you (so), you should have listened to me;
    de haberlo sabido… if only I'd known…
    3. [expresa obligación]
    haber de hacer algo to have to do sth;
    has de estudiar más you have to study more;
    he de llamarle I ought to call him;
    ha de llegar un día en el que todo se arregle there's bound to come a time when everything gets sorted out;
    siempre has de ser tú el que se queje you always have to be the one to complain
    v impersonal
    1. [existir, estar]
    hay there is/are;
    hay un regalo para ti there's a present for you;
    hay dos árboles en la plaza there are two trees on the square;
    hay mucha gente en la calle there are a lot of people in the street;
    había/hubo muchos problemas there were a lot of problems;
    no hubo tal penalty it wasn't a penalty;
    habrá dos mil [expresa futuro] there will be two thousand;
    [expresa hipótesis] there must be two thousand;
    los hay de distintas tallas they come in different sizes;
    ¿cuánto hay de aquí a Santiago? how far is it from here to Santiago?;
    hay quien opina que… there are those who think that…;
    es un caballero como hay pocos he's that rare thing, a real gentleman;
    es un artista donde los haya he's as good an artist as you'll find;
    algo habrá cuando todo el mundo habla de ello if everyone's talking about it there must be something in it;
    (todo) lo habido y por haber everything under the sun;
    gracias – no hay de qué thank you – don't mention it;
    no hay día (en) que no haya algún accidente a day doesn't go by without there being some kind of accident;
    no hay más que apretar el botón simply press the button;
    no hay nada como una buena comida there's nothing like a good meal;
    no hay nadie como ella there's no one like her;
    no hay quien lo entienda there's no understanding him;
    no hay más que hablar there is no more to be said;
    ¡hay que ver! well I never!;
    no hay más que ver lo feliz que está you just have to see how happy she is;
    ¡eres de lo que no hay! you're unbelievable!
    2. [expresa obligación]
    hay que hacer más ejercicio one o you should do more exercise;
    hay que comer para vivir we must eat in order to live;
    hay que esforzarse más, Luis you need to try harder, Luis;
    no hay que apretar tanto there's no need to press so hard;
    creo que había que contárselo I think we ought to tell him;
    ¡aquello había que verlo! you should have seen it!;
    habrá que soportar su mal humor we'll have to put up with his bad mood
    3. Fam [en preguntas]
    ¿qué hay? [saludo] how are you doing?;
    CSur [¿qué importa?] so (what)?, big deal!;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?;
    CSur
    está lloviendo -- ¿y qué hay?, estamos en auto it's raining -- so what? we're in the car;
    CAm, Col, Méx, Ven
    ¿qué hubo? [saludo] how are you doing?
    4. Literario [hacer]
    tres meses ha que marchó it is three months since she left
    vt
    Formal [tener]
    el abuelo, que Dios haya en su gloria,… grandfather, God rest his soul,…;
    los hijos habidos en el matrimonio the children from the marriage
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 en tiempos compuestos have;
    hemos llegado we’ve arrived;
    lo he oído I’ve heard it;
    ¿la ha visto? has he seen her?
    :
    he de levantarme pronto I have to o I’ve got to get up early
    3
    :
    de haberlo sabido if I’d known;
    has de ver Méx you have o
    ought to see it;
    habérselas con alguien have it out with s.o.;
    años ha lit years ago
    II v/ impers
    1 ( existir)
    :
    hay there is sg, there are pl ;
    hubo un incendio there was a fire;
    había mucha gente there were a lot of people;
    hoy no hay clase there aren’t any lessons today, school is closed today;
    ya no hay más there’s none left; there are none left;
    no hay como … there’s nothing like …;
    esto es de lo que no hay this is the limit!
    :
    hay que hacerlo it has to be done;
    no hay de qué not at all, don’t mention it;
    no hay más que decir there’s nothing more to be said;
    no hay que pagar para entrar you don’t have to pay to go in;
    no hay que hablar con la boca llena you mustn’t o shouldn’t talk with your mouth full
    3
    :
    ¿qué hay?, Méx
    ¿qué hubo? how’s it going?, what’s happening?;
    es ingenioso donde los haya he’s as ingenious as they come
    III m asset; pago fee;
    tiene en su haber 50.000 pesos she’s 50,000 pesos in credit;
    haberes pl ( bienes) assets; ( sueldo) salary sg
    * * *
    haber {39} v aux
    1) : have, has
    no ha llegado el envío: the shipment hasn't arrived
    2)
    haber de : must
    ha de ser tarde: it must be late
    haber v impers
    1)
    hay : there is, there are
    hay dos mensajes: there are two messages
    ¿qué hay de nuevo?: what's new?
    2)
    hay que : it is necessary
    hay que trabajar más rápido: you have to work faster
    haber nm
    1) : assets pl
    2) : credit, credit side
    3) haberes nmpl
    : salary, income, remuneration
    * * *
    haber vb
    1. (verbo auxiliar) to have
    ¿has comido? have you eaten?
    2. (existir, tener lugar) there is / there are
    ¿qué hay? how are things?

    Spanish-English dictionary > haber

  • 17 cuando

    adv.
    when.
    cuando me agacho, me duele la espalda when o whenever I bend down, my back hurts
    cuando quieras whenever you like
    de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again
    cuando más at the most
    cuando menos at least
    conj.
    1 if.
    cuando tú lo dices será verdad it must be true if you say so
    no será tan malo cuando ha vendido tantas copias it can't be that bad if it's sold so many copies
    2 even though (contrast indicates).
    no tiene muchos amigos, cuando en realidad es una persona muy agradable he doesn't have a lot of friends, even though he's actually a very nice person
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) when
    1 (temporal) when, whenever
    3 (causal) since
    1 during, at the time of
    \
    cuando más at the most
    cuando menos at least
    cuando mucho at the most
    de cuando en cuando / de vez en cuando now and then, from time to time
    hasta cuando until
    * * *
    1. prep.
    2) if
    2. conj.
    1) when
    2) if
    * * *
    1. CONJ
    1) [con valor temporal] [en un momento concreto] when; [en cualquier momento] whenever

    cuando iba allí lo veía — whenever I went there I saw him, I used to see him when(ever) I went there

    2) [con valor condicional, causal] if

    cuando él lo dice, será verdad — if he says so, it must be true

    cuando no te ha dicho nada todavía, es que no piensa invitarte — if he hasn't said anything yet, that means he isn't thinking of inviting you

    3) [con valor adversativo] when

    yo lo hago todo, cuando es él quien debería hacerlo — I'm the one that does it all, when it should be him

    aun 3)
    2. ADV
    1)

    fue entonces cuando comprendí la importancia del problemait was then that o that was when I understood the seriousness of the problem

    en abril es cuando más casos hay — April is when there are most cases, it's in April that there are most cases

    de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando — from time to time, now and again, every so often

    2)

    cuando másat (the) most

    tardaremos, cuando más, una semana — it will take us a week at (the) most o at the outside

    cuando menosat least

    esperamos llegar, cuando menos, a las semifinales — we are hoping to reach the semifinals, at least

    cuando muchoat (the) most

    cuando noif not

    docenas, cuando no cientos, de películas — dozens, if not hundreds, of films

    3.
    PREP

    cuando niño yo era muy traviesoas a child o when I was a child I was very naughty

    * * *
    I

    cuando éramos pequeños — when we were young; (+ subj)

    ven cuando quierascome when o whenever you like

    b) ( referido al futuro) (+ subj) when
    2)
    a) (si) if

    cada cuando — (esp AmL) every so often

    de vez en cuando — from time to time, every so often

    cuando más or mucho — at (the) most, at the outside

    II
    * * *
    = at the time (that/of), when, where, at what point.
    Ex. This order is consistent with the established relationships between subjects at the time that the scheme was first published (1876).
    Ex. When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. Libraries are having to decide at what point a service should become chargeable without creating a disadvantage to those who cannot pay = Las bibliotecas tienen que decidir cuándo se debería cobrar por un servicio sin crear un problema para los que no pueden pagar.
    ----
    * aun cuando = even if, even though, even when.
    * cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * cuando antes + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience, at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * cuando a uno le venga bien = at leisure.
    * cuando el río, suena agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.
    * cuando el río suena agua lleva, donde hay humo hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire.
    * cuando el sol aprieta = during the heat of the day.
    * cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cuando la marea está alta = at high tide.
    * cuando la marea está baja = at low tide.
    * cuando le surja la necesidad = at + Posesivo + time of need.
    * cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.
    * cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.
    * cuando lo necesite = at + Posesivo + time of need.
    * cuando menos te lo esperes = on any given Sunday.
    * cuando proceda = where appropriate, when applicable.
    * cuando quieras = anytime.
    * cuando sea el caso = when applicable.
    * cuando sea necesario = when necessary.
    * cuando sea pertinente = where applicable, where appropriate.
    * cuando se está en + Nombre = when in + Nombre.
    * cuando se le antoje a Uno = on a whim.
    * cuando se solicite = on demand, on request, upon + request.
    * cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * cuando..., si es que... = if and when.
    * cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * siempre y cuando = on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.
    * siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.
    * * *
    I

    cuando éramos pequeños — when we were young; (+ subj)

    ven cuando quierascome when o whenever you like

    b) ( referido al futuro) (+ subj) when
    2)
    a) (si) if

    cada cuando — (esp AmL) every so often

    de vez en cuando — from time to time, every so often

    cuando más or mucho — at (the) most, at the outside

    II
    * * *
    = at the time (that/of), when, where, at what point.

    Ex: This order is consistent with the established relationships between subjects at the time that the scheme was first published (1876).

    Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: Libraries are having to decide at what point a service should become chargeable without creating a disadvantage to those who cannot pay = Las bibliotecas tienen que decidir cuándo se debería cobrar por un servicio sin crear un problema para los que no pueden pagar.
    * aun cuando = even if, even though, even when.
    * cada cuando = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * cuando antes + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience, at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * cuando a uno le venga bien = at leisure.
    * cuando el río, suena agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.
    * cuando el río suena agua lleva, donde hay humo hay fuego = there's no smoke without fire.
    * cuando el sol aprieta = during the heat of the day.
    * cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cuando la marea está alta = at high tide.
    * cuando la marea está baja = at low tide.
    * cuando le surja la necesidad = at + Posesivo + time of need.
    * cuando llegó la hora de + Infinitivo = when it came to + Gerundio.
    * cuando llegue la hora = when the time comes.
    * cuando lo necesite = at + Posesivo + time of need.
    * cuando menos te lo esperes = on any given Sunday.
    * cuando proceda = where appropriate, when applicable.
    * cuando quieras = anytime.
    * cuando sea el caso = when applicable.
    * cuando sea necesario = when necessary.
    * cuando sea pertinente = where applicable, where appropriate.
    * cuando se está en + Nombre = when in + Nombre.
    * cuando se le antoje a Uno = on a whim.
    * cuando se solicite = on demand, on request, upon + request.
    * cuando se trata de + Infinitivo = when it comes to + Gerundio.
    * cuando..., si es que... = if and when.
    * cuando uno se encuentra mejor de ánimo = on the upswing.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de vez en cuando = from time to time, now and then, now and again, once in a while, every once in a while, at various times, occasionally, off and on, on and off, occasional, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * siempre y cuando = on the condition that, with the condition that, if and when.
    * siempre y cuando + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

    * * *
    a las siete es cuando me viene mejor seven o'clock is the best time for me
    cuando estoy solo when I'm alone
    justo cuando la fiesta empezaba a animarse just as o just when the party was beginning to liven up
    ¿te acuerdas de cuando éramos pequeños? do you remember when we were young?
    (+ subj): cuando se entere me mata when he finds out he'll kill me!
    ven cuando quieras come when o whenever you like
    B
    1
    (si): cuando él lo dice será verdad if he says so then it must be true
    cuando yo te digo que es un fresco … didn't I tell you he had a nerve?
    se ha molestado cuando soy yo la que debería sentirse ofendida he's upset when really I'm the one who ought to feel offended
    ¿por qué me voy a preocupar cuando a él no le importa? why should I worry if o when he doesn't care?
    C ( en locs):
    cada cuando every so often, from time to time, now and then
    de vez en cuando from time to time, every so often, now and then
    cuando más or mucho at (the) most, at the outside
    cuando menos at least
    cuando quiera whenever
    cuando quiera que ocurren estas tragedias … whenever these tragedies occur …
    ( fam):
    nos conocimos cuando la mili we met when we were doing our military service, we met during our military service
    yo estaba allí cuando la explosión I was there when the explosion happened o at the time of the explosion
    una ermita de cuando los moros a hermitage dating from Moorish times
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    cuando    
    cuándo
    cuando conjunción

    ven cuándo quieras come when o whenever you like;

    cuándo se mejore when she gets better;
    ahora es cuándo me viene mejor now is the best time for me
    b) (si) if;


    c) ( en locs)


    de vez en cuando from time to time, every so often
    cuándo adverbio
    when;
    ¿de cuándo es esa foto? when was that photo taken?;

    ¿desde cuándo lo sabes? how long have you known?;
    ¿desde cuándo? since when?;
    ¡cuándo no! (AmL) as usual!
    cuando
    I adverbio (de tiempo) when
    II conj
    1 (temporal) when: cuando quieras, whenever you want
    cuando termines, when you finish
    2 (condicional) (si) if
    3 (concesiva) (aunque) (aun) cuando, even if
    III preposición during, at the time of
    cuando la guerra, during the war
    cuando joven, when young
    ♦ Locuciones: cuando más/mucho, at the most
    cuando menos, at least
    cuando quiera que, whenever
    de cuando en cuando/de vez en cuando, from time to time
    cuándo adverbio interr when?
    ¿desde cuándo?, since when?
    ¿para cuándo vienes?, when are you coming?

    ' cuándo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - acertar
    - achantarse
    - ahorcarse
    - antojarse
    - apéndice
    - asesinar
    - asomar
    - atravesada
    - atravesado
    - aun
    - avisar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - balón
    - bastante
    - bien
    - bisbiseo
    - bobalicón
    - bobalicona
    - boca
    - caer
    - caerse
    - calmarse
    - campante
    - casarse
    - cerca
    - cerdo
    - cien
    - codazo
    - comecome
    - como
    - cómo
    - componenda
    - cónclave
    - contra
    - cordera
    - cordero
    - corta
    - corto
    - cota
    - cuando
    - dejarse
    - delirio
    - demasiada
    - demasiado
    - demonio
    - derrumbarse
    - desconectarse
    - desde
    English:
    accustom
    - add in
    - admit
    - advise
    - again
    - agree
    - alter
    - alternate
    - antidepressant
    - appreciate
    - apron
    - as
    - ashen
    - ask
    - averse
    - away
    - baby
    - back
    - back off
    - bed
    - beeline
    - behave
    - blow
    - blue
    - bluff
    - blunt
    - blur
    - boo
    - bow out
    - buckle
    - burglar alarm
    - burst
    - by-election
    - cat
    - catch
    - clean
    - come on
    - come out
    - composure
    - console
    - crack
    - crop up
    - cry out for
    - dare
    - deadline
    - delay
    - devil
    - dicey
    - dinner
    - dishearten
    * * *
    adv
    when;
    cuando llegue el verano iremos de viaje when summer comes we'll go travelling;
    cuando me agacho, me duele la espalda when o whenever I bend down, my back hurts;
    se marchó cuando mejor lo estábamos pasando she left just when we were having a really good time;
    acababa de cerrar la puerta, cuando estalló la bomba I had just closed the door when the bomb went off;
    fue entonces cuando comprendí el problema it was then that I realized the problem;
    para cuando llegamos, la fiesta ya había acabado by the time we arrived the party was already over;
    ven a visitarnos cuando quieras come and stay with us whenever you like;
    cambia mucho de cuando está de buen humor a cuando está enfadado he's very different when he's in a good mood to when he's angry;
    ¿te acuerdas de cuando nos dieron el premio? do you remember when o the time they gave us the prize?;
    apenas se marchó el profesor, cuando todos los alumnos se pusieron a hablar no sooner had the teacher left than all the pupils started talking;
    de cuando en cuando, de vez en cuando from time to time, now and again;
    cuando más, cuando mucho at (the) most;
    cuando más, te ayudaré un rato I'll help you for a short while, but no longer;
    cuando menos at least;
    nos harán falta cuando menos cinco personas we'll need at least five people;
    cuando quiera que me lo encuentro, siempre me sonríe whenever I meet him he smiles at me
    conj
    1. [si] if;
    cuando tú lo dices será verdad it must be true if you say so;
    cuando no te ha llegado la invitación, será porque no te quieren ver if you haven't received an invitation, it must be because they don't want to see you;
    no será tan malo cuando ha vendido tantas copias it can't be that bad if it's sold so many copies
    2. [después de “aun”] [aunque]
    no mentiría aun cuando le fuera en ello la vida she wouldn't lie even if her life depended on it
    3. [indica contraste]
    no tiene muchos amigos, cuando en realidad es una persona muy agradable he doesn't have a lot of friends, even though he's actually a very nice person
    4. [introduce valoración negativa] when, even though;
    siempre está protestando, cuando es el que más oportunidades recibe he's always complaining even though o when he's the one who gets more chances than anyone else
    prep
    quemaron ese colegio cuando la guerra that school was burned down during the war;
    son restos de cuando los romanos they are remains from Roman times;
    cuando niño, solía bañarme en este río when I was a boy I used to swim in this river
    * * *
    I conj when; condicional if;
    cuando quieras whenever you want
    II adv when;
    de cuando en cuando from time to time;
    cuando menos at least;
    cuando más, cuando mucho at (the) most
    * * *
    cuándo adv & conj
    1) : when
    ¿cuándo llegará?: when will she arrive?
    no sabemos cuándo será: we don't know when it will be
    2)
    ¿de cuándo acá? : since when?, how come?
    cuando conj
    1) : when
    cuando llegó: when he arrived
    2) : since, if
    cuando lo dices: if you say so
    3)
    cuando más : at the most
    4)
    de vez en cuando : from time to time
    cuando prep
    : during, at the time of
    cuando la guerra: during the war
    * * *
    cuando adv when

    Spanish-English dictionary > cuando

  • 18 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 19 cercano

    adj.
    1 close, immediate, near, nearby.
    2 close, dear.
    * * *
    1 (inmediato) near, close
    2 (vecino) nearby, neighbouring (US neighboring)
    3 (pariente) close
    \
    el Cercano Oriente the Near East
    * * *
    (f. - cercana)
    adj.
    close, near, nearby
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) [lugar] nearby

    cercano a — close to, near, near to

    2) [amigo, pariente] close

    cercano aclose to

    3) [en el tiempo]

    ahora, cuando está cercano el primer aniversario de su muerte — now, as the first anniversary of her death approaches

    * * *
    - na adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( en el espacio) nearby, neighboring*

    cercano a algo — near something, close to something

    b) ( en el tiempo) close, near
    2) <pariente/amigo> close
    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], immediate, nearby [near-by], neighbouring [neighboring, -USA], near at hand, close at hand, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, close-by, proximate, near [nearer -comp., nearest -sup.], within sight, within range.
    Ex. Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.
    Ex. The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex. This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex. An earlier leakage had prompted library staff to make arrangements with a nearby firm of book conservation specialists in the event of a further disaster.
    Ex. The philosophical, brooding Hippopotamians have suffered many attacks by the neighbouring Crocs who are well known for their purposefulness and efficiency.
    Ex. The firm does not have to be near at hand, but there must be plenty of cooperation and consultation as to selection of stock.
    Ex. Material needed daily should be stored close at hand.
    Ex. The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex. This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex. The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex. The second phase of the study entailed interviewing at close-by universities in the Midwest.
    Ex. For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    Ex. He was a loner himself, a small-town country boy who spent most of his time wandering about the hills and fields near his home.
    Ex. As the major US telecommunications service providers install fibre optic cable, the availability of interactive video is within sight.
    Ex. 77% of the world's population lives within range of a mobile network.
    ----
    * cercano a = approaching, in close proximity to.
    * Cercano Oriente = Near East.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * del Cercano Oriente = Near-Eastern.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future.
    * en un futuro muy cercano = in the very near future.
    * en un período más o menos cercano = in the near future.
    * experiencia cercana a la muerte = near death experience.
    * futuro cercano, el = near future, the.
    * lado más cercano, el = near side, the.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * pariente cercano = close relation.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * * *
    - na adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( en el espacio) nearby, neighboring*

    cercano a algo — near something, close to something

    b) ( en el tiempo) close, near
    2) <pariente/amigo> close
    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], immediate, nearby [near-by], neighbouring [neighboring, -USA], near at hand, close at hand, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, close-by, proximate, near [nearer -comp., nearest -sup.], within sight, within range.

    Ex: Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.

    Ex: The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex: This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex: An earlier leakage had prompted library staff to make arrangements with a nearby firm of book conservation specialists in the event of a further disaster.
    Ex: The philosophical, brooding Hippopotamians have suffered many attacks by the neighbouring Crocs who are well known for their purposefulness and efficiency.
    Ex: The firm does not have to be near at hand, but there must be plenty of cooperation and consultation as to selection of stock.
    Ex: Material needed daily should be stored close at hand.
    Ex: The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex: This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex: The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex: The second phase of the study entailed interviewing at close-by universities in the Midwest.
    Ex: For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    Ex: He was a loner himself, a small-town country boy who spent most of his time wandering about the hills and fields near his home.
    Ex: As the major US telecommunications service providers install fibre optic cable, the availability of interactive video is within sight.
    Ex: 77% of the world's population lives within range of a mobile network.
    * cercano a = approaching, in close proximity to.
    * Cercano Oriente = Near East.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * del Cercano Oriente = Near-Eastern.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future.
    * en un futuro muy cercano = in the very near future.
    * en un período más o menos cercano = in the near future.
    * experiencia cercana a la muerte = near death experience.
    * futuro cercano, el = near future, the.
    * lado más cercano, el = near side, the.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * pariente cercano = close relation.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.

    * * *
    cercano -na
    A
    1 (en el espacio) nearby, neighboring* cercano A algo near sth, close TO sth
    los pueblos cercanos a Durango the villages in the vicinity of o close to o near Durango
    una suma cercana al millón an amount close to o close on a million
    2 (en el tiempo) close, near
    cercano A algo close TO sth
    se sentía cercano a su fin he felt the end was near o close, he felt he was close to the end
    Compuesto:
    el Cercano Oriente the Near East
    B ‹pariente/amigo› close
    * * *

     

    cercano
    ◊ -na adjetivo

    1

    cercano a algo near sth, close to sth;



    cercano a algo close to sth
    2pariente/amigo close
    cercano,-a adjetivo
    1 close, nearby
    un pueblo cercano, a nearby village
    2 (pariente) close
    3 Cercano Oriente, Near East
    ' cercano' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cercana
    - ir
    - próxima
    - próximo
    - vecina
    - vecino
    - futuro
    English:
    close
    - early
    - immediate
    - near
    - nearby
    - nursery
    - offshore
    - proximate
    - next
    * * *
    cercano, -a adj
    1. [en el espacio] nearby;
    cercano a near, close to
    el Cercano Oriente the Near East
    2. [en el tiempo] near;
    cercano a near, close to
    3. [con cifras] close;
    pagaron un precio cercano a los 2 millones they paid close to o nearly 2 million
    4. [pariente, amigo, colaborador] close;
    según fuentes cercanas a la familia real,… according to sources close to the royal family,…
    5. [en contenido]
    una obra más cercana a la tragedia que a la comedia a play that is closer to tragedy than to comedy
    * * *
    adj nearby;
    cercano a close to, near to
    * * *
    cercano, -na adj
    : near, close
    * * *
    cercano adj
    1. (en distancia) near / nearby
    2. (una persona) close

    Spanish-English dictionary > cercano

  • 20 opinión

    f.
    opinion, notion, conviction, belief.
    * * *
    1 (juicio) opinion, view
    en mi opinión in my opinion, in my view
    \
    cambiar de opinión to change one's mind
    la opinión pública public opinion
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF opinion, view

    ser de la opinión (de) que... — to be of the opinion that..., take the view that...

    * * *
    femenino opinion

    ¿cuál es tu opinión sobre el programa? — what do you think of the program?

    * * *
    = claim, contention, feedback, judgement [judgment], regard, view, say, voice, perception.
    Ex. The final justification is to be found in the claim that SLIS provide a form of information education that is not provided elsewhere.
    Ex. The main contentions are that it would serve both the long-term interests of authors and publishers and the interests of users of information.
    Ex. The statements are framed one at a time, and feedback is available at each stage, hence the term 'interactive searching'.
    Ex. In my judgment, these changes will come about in one of two ways.
    Ex. Their sheer institutional standing and regard have had a bearing upon the creation of a situation which is a good deal better than it might otherwise have been.
    Ex. There is an alternative method for the design of subject retrieval devices, and that is to build languages or schemes which depend upon some theoretical views about the nature and structure of knowledge.
    Ex. I've seen people clamor for a say and when it's given to them they don't take it.
    Ex. I am particularly interested in hearing from practicing music and digital librarians, those in industry, and those who have had experience with other evaluation programmes, though all voices are welcomed.
    Ex. Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).
    ----
    * a la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * ante la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * apoyar un opinión = support + contention.
    * artículo de opinión = discussion article, discussion paper, opinion article, feature article, opinion piece, op-ed.
    * atrincherado en las opiniones de Uno = set in + Posesivo + opinions.
    * cambiar de opinión = change + Posesivo + mind, change + feet, change + Posesivo + tune.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambio de opinión = change of heart, change of mind.
    * columna de opinión = op-ed.
    * compartir la opinión de que = share + the view that.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * defender un opinión = support + view.
    * diferencia de opinión (sobre) = difference of opinion (on).
    * diferencias de opinión = shades of opinion.
    * discrepacia de opiniones = conflict of opinions.
    * divergencia de opinión = divergence of opinion.
    * división de opiniones = division of opinion, split decision, divided opinions.
    * documento de opinión = discussion document.
    * empresa dedicada a los sondeos de opinión = polling firm, polling agency.
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en la opinión de = in the opinion of.
    * en mi opinión = to my mind, in my opinion, to the best of my knowledge, in my view, to my knowledge, in my books.
    * en + Posesivo + opinión = to + Posesivo + mind.
    * escuchar la opinión de Alguien = hear + opinion.
    * es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * expresar la opinión = volunteer + view.
    * expresar la opinión de uno = make + Posesivo + feelings known, put + viewpoint across.
    * expresar la opinión de uno sobre = give + Posesivo + thoughts on.
    * expresar opinión = express + view.
    * expresar opinión (sobre) = express + opinion (on).
    * expresar + Posesivo + opinión = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.
    * expresar una opinión = voice + opinion.
    * expresar una opinión sobre = state + opinion on, venture + opinion on.
    * formarse una opinión = form + impression.
    * grupo de opinión = focus group.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * influir en la opinión pública = shape + public opinion, influence + public opinion.
    * intercambiar opiniones = exchange + views, share + opinions.
    * intercambio de opiniones sobre = exchange of opinion on.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * líder de opinión = opinion leader.
    * manipular la opinión = manipulate + opinion.
    * mantener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * moldear la opinión pública = mould + public opinion.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * opinión consensuada = consensus of opinion.
    * opinión de la mayoría = majority opinion.
    * opiniones diferentes = contrasting opinions.
    * opiniones diversas = mixed reactions, mixed reviews.
    * opiniones divididas = divided opinions.
    * opiniones opuestas = contrasting opinions.
    * opinión + estar dividida = opinion + be divided.
    * opinión general = consensus, consensus of opinion, accepted wisdom, conventional wisdom.
    * opinión general, la = received wisdom, the.
    * opinión generalmente aceptada = conventional wisdom.
    * opinión mayoritaria = majority opinion.
    * opinión personal = personal opinion.
    * opinión pública = outside-world, public opinion.
    * opinión pública, la = public mind, the.
    * opinión (sobre) = opinion (on).
    * pedir la opinión sobre = ask for + opinion on.
    * recabar la opinión = canvass + opinion.
    * recabar la opinión pública = gauge + public opinion.
    * recabar la opinión sobre = gauge + opinion on.
    * recabar opiniones = solicit + input.
    * recabar opinión sobre = elicit + opinion on.
    * recabar + Posesivo + opinión = gauge + Posesivo + reaction.
    * recabar una opinión = solicit + opinion.
    * recibir opiniones diversas = receive + mixed reviews.
    * reservarse la opinión = reserve + judgement.
    * respaldar una opinión = buttress + claim, support + view.
    * según la opinión de = in the opinion of.
    * según mi opinión = to the best of my knowledge.
    * según + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.
    * sondear la opinión pública = gauge + public opinion.
    * sondear la opinión sobre = gauge + opinion on.
    * sondeo de opinión = opinion poll, Gallup poll, perceptions study, opinion polling.
    * sondeo de opinión por teléfono = telephone opinion poll.
    * sondeo de opinión pública = public opinion poll.
    * sondeo informal de opinión = straw poll.
    * sostener la opinión = argue.
    * sostener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener una opinión = take + viewpoint, hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * tener una opinión sobre = have + an opinion on.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.
    * * *
    femenino opinion

    ¿cuál es tu opinión sobre el programa? — what do you think of the program?

    * * *
    opinión (sobre)

    Ex: A reputable supplier will readily provide names of former customers who may be contacted for their opinions on service, support and maintenance.

    = claim, contention, feedback, judgement [judgment], regard, view, say, voice, perception.

    Ex: The final justification is to be found in the claim that SLIS provide a form of information education that is not provided elsewhere.

    Ex: The main contentions are that it would serve both the long-term interests of authors and publishers and the interests of users of information.
    Ex: The statements are framed one at a time, and feedback is available at each stage, hence the term 'interactive searching'.
    Ex: In my judgment, these changes will come about in one of two ways.
    Ex: Their sheer institutional standing and regard have had a bearing upon the creation of a situation which is a good deal better than it might otherwise have been.
    Ex: There is an alternative method for the design of subject retrieval devices, and that is to build languages or schemes which depend upon some theoretical views about the nature and structure of knowledge.
    Ex: I've seen people clamor for a say and when it's given to them they don't take it.
    Ex: I am particularly interested in hearing from practicing music and digital librarians, those in industry, and those who have had experience with other evaluation programmes, though all voices are welcomed.
    Ex: Nevertheless, citation indexes do seek to link documents according to their content (or at least the perception of their content held by the author of the source work).
    * a la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * ante la opinión pública = in the public eye.
    * apoyar un opinión = support + contention.
    * artículo de opinión = discussion article, discussion paper, opinion article, feature article, opinion piece, op-ed.
    * atrincherado en las opiniones de Uno = set in + Posesivo + opinions.
    * cambiar de opinión = change + Posesivo + mind, change + feet, change + Posesivo + tune.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambio de opinión = change of heart, change of mind.
    * columna de opinión = op-ed.
    * compartir la opinión de que = share + the view that.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * defender un opinión = support + view.
    * diferencia de opinión (sobre) = difference of opinion (on).
    * diferencias de opinión = shades of opinion.
    * discrepacia de opiniones = conflict of opinions.
    * divergencia de opinión = divergence of opinion.
    * división de opiniones = division of opinion, split decision, divided opinions.
    * documento de opinión = discussion document.
    * empresa dedicada a los sondeos de opinión = polling firm, polling agency.
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en la opinión de = in the opinion of.
    * en mi opinión = to my mind, in my opinion, to the best of my knowledge, in my view, to my knowledge, in my books.
    * en + Posesivo + opinión = to + Posesivo + mind.
    * escuchar la opinión de Alguien = hear + opinion.
    * es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * expresar la opinión = volunteer + view.
    * expresar la opinión de uno = make + Posesivo + feelings known, put + viewpoint across.
    * expresar la opinión de uno sobre = give + Posesivo + thoughts on.
    * expresar opinión = express + view.
    * expresar opinión (sobre) = express + opinion (on).
    * expresar + Posesivo + opinión = find + Posesivo + (own) voice, find + voice, find + a voice.
    * expresar una opinión = voice + opinion.
    * expresar una opinión sobre = state + opinion on, venture + opinion on.
    * formarse una opinión = form + impression.
    * grupo de opinión = focus group.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * influir en la opinión pública = shape + public opinion, influence + public opinion.
    * intercambiar opiniones = exchange + views, share + opinions.
    * intercambio de opiniones sobre = exchange of opinion on.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * líder de opinión = opinion leader.
    * manipular la opinión = manipulate + opinion.
    * mantener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * moldear la opinión pública = mould + public opinion.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * opinión consensuada = consensus of opinion.
    * opinión de la mayoría = majority opinion.
    * opiniones diferentes = contrasting opinions.
    * opiniones diversas = mixed reactions, mixed reviews.
    * opiniones divididas = divided opinions.
    * opiniones opuestas = contrasting opinions.
    * opinión + estar dividida = opinion + be divided.
    * opinión general = consensus, consensus of opinion, accepted wisdom, conventional wisdom.
    * opinión general, la = received wisdom, the.
    * opinión generalmente aceptada = conventional wisdom.
    * opinión mayoritaria = majority opinion.
    * opinión personal = personal opinion.
    * opinión pública = outside-world, public opinion.
    * opinión pública, la = public mind, the.
    * opinión (sobre) = opinion (on).
    * pedir la opinión sobre = ask for + opinion on.
    * recabar la opinión = canvass + opinion.
    * recabar la opinión pública = gauge + public opinion.
    * recabar la opinión sobre = gauge + opinion on.
    * recabar opiniones = solicit + input.
    * recabar opinión sobre = elicit + opinion on.
    * recabar + Posesivo + opinión = gauge + Posesivo + reaction.
    * recabar una opinión = solicit + opinion.
    * recibir opiniones diversas = receive + mixed reviews.
    * reservarse la opinión = reserve + judgement.
    * respaldar una opinión = buttress + claim, support + view.
    * según la opinión de = in the opinion of.
    * según mi opinión = to the best of my knowledge.
    * según + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.
    * sondear la opinión pública = gauge + public opinion.
    * sondear la opinión sobre = gauge + opinion on.
    * sondeo de opinión = opinion poll, Gallup poll, perceptions study, opinion polling.
    * sondeo de opinión por teléfono = telephone opinion poll.
    * sondeo de opinión pública = public opinion poll.
    * sondeo informal de opinión = straw poll.
    * sostener la opinión = argue.
    * sostener una opinión = hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener una opinión = take + viewpoint, hold + view, hold + opinion.
    * tener una opinión sobre = have + an opinion on.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.

    * * *
    opinion
    no comparto tu opinión sobre este tema I do not share your view o opinion o I disagree with you on this subject
    ¿cuál es tu opinión sobre el programa? what do you think of the program?
    ¿qué opinión le merece esta nueva producción? ( frml); what is your opinion of this new production?
    en mi opinión fue un error in my opinion it was a mistake
    cambió de opinión he changed his mind
    es de la opinión de que no se les debe pegar a los niños she doesn't believe in hitting children, she is of the opinion that you mustn't hit children
    importantes sectores de opinión piensan que … significant bodies of opinion think that …
    es una cuestión de opinión it's a matter of opinion
    no tengo muy buena opinión de él I don't think very highly of him, I don't have a very high opinion of him
    Compuesto:
    la opinión pública public opinion
    un cambio en la opinión pública a change in public opinion
    no se puede engañar a la opinión pública con falsas promesas you cannot fool people o the public with false promises
    * * *

     

    opinión sustantivo femenino
    opinion;

    cambió de opinión he changed his mind;
    la opinión pública public opinion
    opinión sustantivo femenino opinion: siempre está cambiando de opinión, she's always changing her mind

    ' opinión' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adherirse
    - antinuclear
    - apoyarse
    - apreciación
    - asesorar
    - aventurar
    - cambio
    - certera
    - certero
    - concepto
    - consejo
    - criterio
    - decantar
    - decir
    - discutible
    - disidencia
    - ecuánime
    - emitir
    - encuesta
    - entender
    - fama
    - idea
    - impresión
    - incluso
    - judicatura
    - juicio
    - manifestar
    -
    - opinar
    - opositor
    - opositora
    - opuesta
    - opuesto
    - para
    - parecer
    - pericial
    - prender
    - previa
    - previo
    - pronunciarse
    - prospección
    - prudente
    - pulsar
    - ratificar
    - según
    - sentir
    - sesgar
    - solicitar
    - someter
    - sondeo
    English:
    about-face
    - about-turn
    - advance
    - adverse
    - approve of
    - argue
    - belief
    - book
    - change
    - colour
    - currency
    - current
    - dead
    - decided
    - differ
    - discount
    - editorial
    - esteem
    - estimation
    - feeling
    - find
    - frank
    - glowing
    - groundswell
    - high
    - inflated
    - initially
    - judge
    - judgement
    - judgment
    - like-minded
    - low
    - mind
    - minority
    - mirror
    - misguided
    - mixed
    - moderate
    - one-sided
    - opinion
    - opinion poll
    - opposing
    - opposite
    - outlook
    - partisan
    - poll
    - position
    - prerogative
    - prevail
    - prevailing
    * * *
    opinion;
    en mi opinión no deberíamos ir in my opinion, we shouldn't go;
    es mi opinión personal that's my personal opinion;
    ¿cuál es tu opinión al respecto? what's your opinion o view on this matter?;
    después de escuchar distintas opiniones sobre el tema… after hearing different views on the matter…;
    compartir una opinión to share a view o an opinion;
    he cambiado de opinión I've changed my mind;
    expresar o [m5] dar una opinión to give an opinion;
    reservarse la opinión to reserve judgment;
    ser de la opinión de que to be of the opinion that;
    ser una cuestión de opinión to be a matter of opinion;
    tener buena/mala opinión de alguien to have a high/low opinion of sb
    la opinión pública public opinion
    * * *
    f opinion;
    la opinión pública public opinion;
    en mi opinión in my opinion;
    tener buena/mala opinión de alguien think highly/little of s.o.
    * * *
    opinión nf, pl - niones : opinion, belief
    * * *
    opinión n opinion / view

    Spanish-English dictionary > opinión

См. также в других словарях:

  • Let the Blind Lead Those Who Can See but Cannot Feel — Infobox Album | Name = Let the Blind Lead Those Who Can See but Cannot Feel Type = Album Artist = Atlas Sound Released = Flagicon|USA February 19, 2008 Flagicon|UK May 5, 2008 Recorded = Bradford Cox 2007 Genre = Ambient Shoegaze Length = 50:01… …   Wikipedia

  • Outside of a Small Circle of Friends — Song by Phil Ochs from the album Pleasures of the Harbor Published 1966 Released 1967 Genre Topical song …   Wikipedia

  • Who is a Jew? — Part of a series of articles on Jews and Judaism …   Wikipedia

  • Who Wants to Be a Superhero? (Season 2) — Who Wants to Be a Superhero? is a reality show hosted by Stan Lee. Contestants dress up as comic book superheroes of their own invention. Each week, Lee challenges the contestants to represent what superheroes are all about. Three or four… …   Wikipedia

  • Outside (David Bowie album) — Outside Studio album by David Bowie Released 26 September 1995  …   Wikipedia

  • Who Wants to Be a Millionaire (US game show) — Who Wants to Be a Millionaire Current title card for Who Wants to Be a Millionaire Genre Game show Created by David Briggs …   Wikipedia

  • outside — 1 /aUt saId, aUtsaId/ preposition 1 out of a particular building or room: As soon as we were outside the door we burst out laughing. opposite inside 3 (2) 2 out of a building but still close to it: I ll meet you outside the hardware store at 2 o… …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? — For other uses, see Who Wants to Be a Millionaire (disambiguation). For the original UK version, see Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? (UK game show). Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Latest Who Wants to Be a Millionaire (UK) Logo (2010) …   Wikipedia

  • Who's That Singing Over There — Infobox Film | name =Ko to tamo peva Who s That Singing Over There | 30px caption = DVD cover director = Slobodan Šijan producer = Milan Zmukić writer = Dušan Kovačević starring = Pavle Vujisić Dragan Nikolić Bata Stojković Aleksandar Berček Mića …   Wikipedia

  • Islamist demonstration outside Danish Embassy in London in 2006 — On Friday 3 February 2006, in response to the publication of editorial cartoons of the Islamic prophet Muhammad in the Danish newspaper Jyllands Posten on 30 September 2005, the extremist UK based Islamist groups al Ghurabaa and The Saviour Sect… …   Wikipedia

  • Doctor Who spoofs — The long running science fiction television series Doctor Who has over the years been the subject of many comedy sketches and specially made comedy programmes, from Spike Milligan s Pakistani Dalek to the Comic Relief episode Doctor Who and the… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»